Document:

ex_212783.htm

 

EXHIBIT 10.1

 

GENERAL RELEASE

AND SEPARATION AGREEMENT

 

Asure Software, Inc, its affiliates, subsidiaries, divisions, successors and assigns, and their current and former employees, officers, directors and agents (collectively the “Employer”), and Kelyn J. Brannon her/her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns (collectively “Employee”), agree that:

 

1.     Last Day of Employment. Employee’s last day of employment with Employer is August 10, 2020 (the “Last Day of Employment”).

 

2.     Consideration. In consideration for signing this General Release and Separation Agreement and complying with the promises made in it and further provided that Employee signs this General Release and Separation Agreement and does not exercise her right to revoke any portion of it as set forth in Paragraph 6 below, and further conditioned upon Employee’s ongoing compliance with and performance of all of her commitments in this General Release and Separation Agreement (including under Paragraph 7) and any agreement identified in Paragraph 17, Employer agrees to provide Employee the following severance benefits (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”):

 

a.     Employer shall pay Employee severance pay in the amount of $131,968.63, less applicable withholdings and deductions (the “Severance Pay”), which shall be paid in substantially equal installments on a semi-monthly basis, beginning on the first payroll date following the expiration of the Rescission Period and ending on December 31, 2020.

 

b.     Employer shall pay on Employee’s behalf the Employer portion of the premium for health insurance through December 31, 2020; provided that Employee timely elects continuation coverage under COBRA.

 

c.     Employer shall accelerate the vesting of options to purchase 30,011 shares of common stock of the Company and 22,499 restricted stock units (the “Accelerated Equity Awards”), such that they will be fully vested and exercisable (if options) or issued (if restricted stock units) as of the business day immediately following the expiration of the Rescission Period (the “Vesting Date”). From the Vesting Date, Employee shall have until November 8, 2020 to exercise any vested options that she holds, including those that are part of the Accelerated Equity Awards. The Accelerated Equity Awards are identified on Exhibit A. Employee further confirms that all other unvested stock options and restricted stock units granted to her during her employment are forfeited as of the Last Day of Employment.

 

d.     Employer pay on Employee’s behalf all rent and utilities on Employee’s Texas apartment after the Last Day of Employment through the remaining lease term; provided that Employee cancels all non-essential utilities and vacates the property no later than October 31, 2020. Employee acknowledges that Employer will negotiate a early termination of the lease and agrees to cooperate with Employer in obtaining such earlier negotiation of the lease.

 

e.     Employer will reimburse Employee for her documented moving expenses related to relocating from your Texas residence (the “Moving Expenses”), in an amount not to exceed $20,000. The Moving Expenses will be paid on December 31, 2020, provided that Employee has provided to Employer an executed release of claims for the period August 11, 2020 through December 31, 2020 in the form of Exhibit B and submitted copies of receipts in accordance with Employer’s expense reimbursement policy.

 

1

 

 

3.     No Consideration Absent Execution of this Agreement. Employee understands and agrees that she is not otherwise entitled to the Severance Benefits and thus would not receive this Severance Benefits, except for her execution of this General Release and Agreement and the fulfillment of the promises contained in it.

 

4.     Employee’s Release of Claims. Except as stated below, Employee knowingly and voluntarily releases and forever discharges Employer of and from any and all claims, known and unknown, Employee has or may have against Employer as of the Last Day of Employment, including, but not limited to, the following (the “General Release”):

 

a.     Any and all claims for additional employment, compensation, benefits or payments of any sort;

 

b.     all claims for any alleged violation of (i) the National Labor Relations Act, as amended; (ii) Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; (iii) the Civil Rights Act of 1991; (iv) 42 U.S.C §§ 1981-1988, as amended; (v) the Age Discrimination in Employment Act; (vi) the Workers Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, as amended; (vii) the Older Workers’ Benefit Protection Act; (viii) the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; (ix) the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; (x) the Immigration Reform Control Act, as amended; (xi) the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended; (xii) the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; (xiii) the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; (xiv) the Occupational

 

Safety and Health Act, as amended; (xv) the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, 26 U.S.C. § 4980B; (xvi) the wage-hour and wage payment laws of any federal, state or local statute, ordinances, regulations or common law of any state (including the state(s) in which Employee resides or works); (xvii) any and all federal, state and local “whistleblower” or similar public policy or other anti-retaliation statutes (including those in the states in which Employee resides or works); and (xviii) any and all other actions for “retaliatory treatment” under all federal, state or local laws (including those in the states in which Employee resides or works);

 

c.     Any and all statutory or common law claims for failure to pay wages, waiting time or other penalties; assault, battery, defamation; libel; slander; reprisal; retaliation; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; negligent hiring or retention; breach of oral or written, express or implied contract; misrepresentation; violation of company policies, personnel manuals or employee handbooks; violation of public policy; promissory estoppel; fraud; wrongful discharge; tortious interference with contract; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing; invasion of privacy; or any other theory, whether legal or equitable related to the Employee’s employment or termination thereof with Employer;

 

d.     Any and all claims to any non-vested ownership interest in Employer, contractual or otherwise, other than the Accelerated Equity Awards;

 

e.     Any and all claims arising out of the execution, performance, or termination of any employment agreement or any other agreement or contract of any kind with Employer; provided, however, that all rights pursuant to this General Release and Agreement are exempted from this release of claims;

 

f.     Any and all other tort, contract, or employment-related claims which Employee had, has or may have against Employer, including any and all other claims arising under the common law, whether state or federal, or any other action, based upon any conduct occurring up to and including the Last Day of Employment; and

 

2

 

 

g.     Any and all claims for compensatory damages, liquidated damages, punitive damages and for costs, fees, or other expenses, including attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements incurred in these matters.

 

Employee agrees and understands that she is fully and finally releasing all past, present and future claims, and that this General Release and Separation Agreement includes the release of any claims which Employee now has or might have in the future as a result of past events, even if she does not know of them at the time she signs this General Release and Separation Agreement, except as provided immediately below in the next paragraph. Further, Employee hereby waives and assumes the risk of any and all claims for damages which exist as of the date she signs this General Release and Separation Agreement of which she does not know, whether through ignorance, error, oversight, negligence or otherwise, and which if known, would materially affect her decision to enter this General Release and Separation Agreement.

 

Employee’s release of claims is not intended to waive her rights, if any, to claim the following: unemployment benefits; benefits under The Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”) or other state insurance continuation rights or vested benefits under any applicable qualified or nonqualified benefit plans. Employer reserves any and all defenses and/or offsets, if any, which it has or might have against any claims that Employee makes with respect to any of the above claims.

 

5.     Consideration Period; Revocation Rights; Voluntary Agreement. Employee understands and agrees that the general release contained in this Agreement releases all claims Employee may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), as amended by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act of 1990 (“OWBPA”), and that Employee received consideration beyond that to which Employee was previously entitled in exchange for this General Release and Separation Agreement. The OWBPA provides that an individual cannot waive a right or claim under the ADEA, unless the waiver is knowing and voluntary. The Employee has been advised of these laws, and has signed this General Release and Separation Agreement voluntarily and with full knowledge of its consequences. In addition, Employee acknowledges and agrees as follows:

 

a.     The release provisions in this General Release apply to any and all rights, which Employee ever had, now has or may have under ADEA, OWBPA, and all other laws dealing with age discrimination. Employee understands this means that, among other things, she is waiving her rights, if any, to seek recovery for any alleged damages arising out of any type of claims for age discrimination against Employer with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, any state or local human rights agency, or any state or federal court.

 

b.     Employee understands that she has been given at least twenty-one (21) days from the date of receipt of this General Release and Agreement to consider whether to sign it, and that she may not sign it until after the termination of her employment. Employee has been advised to consult with legal counsel of her choice, and has had an opportunity to do so. If Employee chooses to sign this General Release and Agreement before twenty-one (21) days have passed, Employee understands that it is her voluntary decision to sign this General Release and Agreement early, and that Employer has made the full twenty-one (21) days available for Employee to consider this General Release and Agreement. Employee further acknowledges that any changes made to the General Release and Agreement do not restart the running of the 21-day review period.

 

c.     Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employer did not have a prior duty to pay or provide the Employee the Severance Benefits, and that the Severance Benefits is being paid or provided to Employee in exchange for this General Release and Agreement. Employee is voluntarily signing this General Release and Separation Agreement in order to receive the Severance Benefits.

 

3

 

 

d.     Employee agrees and understands that she has a legal right to revoke her release of claims arising under the ADEA at any time within seven (7) days after she signs this General Release and Separation Agreement (“Rescission Period”). If Employee wishes to so revoke, she must do so in writing, and has to deliver their revocation by email to Cheryl Trbula at ctrbula@asuresoftware.com within seven (7) days of the date that she signs this General Release and Agreement, addressed to:

 

Employee also understands, however, that if she revokes her release of claims arising under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, she will no longer be eligible to receive the Severance Benefits.

 

6.     Affirmations. Employee represents and warrants that she has not filed or caused to be filed and is not a party to any complaint, charge, or claim against Employer with any local, state, or federal agency, court, board, office or other forum or entity regarding claims released in this General Release and Agreement.  Employee further agrees not to seek to set aside or avoid enforcement of this General Release and Agreement or bring any lawsuit in any court against the Employer. Employee agrees that she will not voluntarily aid, assist, or cooperate with anyone who has a claim against Employer, or with any such person’s attorneys or agents, in any claim or lawsuit which such person(s) may bring against Employer.  Nothing in this General Release and Separation Agreement, however, prevents Employee from testifying at an administrative hearing, arbitration, deposition, or in court, in response to a lawful and properly served subpoena in a proceeding involving Employer, nor does it prevent Employee from participating in an EEOC investigation or proceeding (although Employee is waiving her right to recover individual relief or money damages in connection with any such EEOC proceeding). Employee further affirms that she has been paid and/or has received all leave (paid or unpaid), compensation, wages, bonuses, commissions, paid time off, vacation, and/or benefits to which she may be entitled, has otherwise been paid for all hours worked and that no other leave (paid or unpaid), compensation, wages, bonuses, commissions, paid time off, vacation and/or benefits are due to her, except for the Severance Benefits provided in this General Release and Separation Agreement. Employee furthermore affirms that she has no known workplace injuries or occupational diseases and has been provided and/or has not been denied any leave requested under the Family and Medical Leave Act. Employee further affirms that she has no future legal right to be hired, employed, or reinstated by Employer, and waives any and all claims, if any, which she may have for reinstatement or future employment with Employer. Employee understands and acknowledges that Severance Benefits will fully compensate Employee for and extinguish any and all of the claims Employee is releasing, including, but not limited to, any claim for attorney’s fees and costs and any and all claims for any type of legal or equitable relief she may have under local, state or federal law.

 

7.     Additional Conditions to Severance.

 

a.     Transition Services. Employee agrees to be reasonably available by email and telephone through December 31, 2020 to respond to inquiries from the Employer regarding her job duties and her work responsibilities and to otherwise assist with the transition of her role as chief financial officer.

 

b.     Nondisparagement. Employee agrees that she will not make any oral or written statement about Employer, its directors (including former directors) or officers, which is intended or reasonably likely to disparage Employer, its directors (including former directors) or officers, or otherwise degrade the Employer, its directors (including former directors) or officers’ reputation in the business community or the payroll services industry. Employer agrees that it shall ensure that none of its directors or officers make any oral or written statement about Employee, which is intended or reasonably likely to disparage Employee or otherwise degrade her reputation in the business community.

 

4

 

 

c.     Return of Property. Employee agrees, as a condition to receipt of the Severance Benefits, that Employee will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Employer any and all books, notebooks, financial statements, manuals, keys, electronic beepers, cellular telephone, computer or other electronic devices, data and other documents and materials in Employee’s possession and under its control related to the Employer or its confidential information and trade secrets or which is otherwise property of the Employer.

 

d.     Restrictions. Employee agrees that, until August 10, 2021, she shall not, directly or indirectly, do any of the following:

 

	 	
			(i)

				
			induce or solicit any person who is at the time employed by the Employer to leave such employment or to hire or assist anyone in hiring such employee;

			

 

	 	
			(ii)

				
			solicit or entice, or attempt to solicit or entice, or assist anyone in doing so, any of the Employer’s customers or Potential Customers for the purpose of acquiring or diverting their business or services from the Employer;

			

 

	 	
			(iii)

				
			contract with, or assist anyone in doing so, any customers or Potential Customers of the Employer to provide products or services that compete, in whole or in part, with any services provided by the Employer;

			

 

	 	
			(iv)

				
			use any confidential information or trade secrets of the Employer to provide products or services that compete with the products or services of the Employer anywhere in the United States; or

			

 

	 	
			(v)

				
			destroy, damage, delete, corrupt data, records or other information of the Employer or otherwise take actions that harm the business of the Employer.

			

 

For purposes of this Paragraph 7(d), “Potential Customers” shall mean an person or business entity that the Employer had contact with in the one year period preceding the Last Day of my Employment with the intent that the Employer would provide such person or business entity services.

 

If any court of competent jurisdiction at any time deems the restricted period unreasonably lengthy or any of the covenants set forth in this Paragraph 7(d) not fully enforceable, the other provisions of this Paragraph 7(d) , and this General Release and Agreement in general, will nevertheless stand and to the fullest extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect, and it is the intention and desire of the parties that the court treat any provisions of this General Release and Agreement which are not fully enforceable as having been modified to the extent deemed necessary by the court to render them reasonable and enforceable and that the court enforce them to such extent (for example, that the restricted period be deemed to be the longest period permissible by law, but not in excess of the length provided for in this Section 7(d)).

 

5

 

 

8.     Confidentiality. Except as required under applicable securities laws, Employee agrees not to disclose any information regarding the existence or substance of this General Release and Separation Agreement, except to her spouse, tax advisor, and an attorney with whom Employee chooses to consult regarding her consideration of this General Release and Separation Agreement.

 

9.     Governing Law and Interpretation. This General Release and Separation Agreement shall be governed and conformed in accordance with the State of Texas, without reference to its conflicts of law principles and except to the extent it is pre-empted by federal law. Should any provision of this General Release and Separation Agreement be declared or determined by any court to be illegal or invalid, the validity of the remaining parts, terms or provisions shall not be affected thereby and the illegal or invalid part, term, or provision shall be deemed not to be a part of this General Release and Separation Agreement.

 

10.     No Admission of Wrongdoing. Employee agrees that neither this General Release and Separation Agreement nor the furnishing of the Severance Benefits shall be deemed or construed at any time for any purpose as an admission by Employer of any liability or unlawful conduct of any kind.

 

11.     Amendment. This General Release and Separation Agreement may not be modified, altered or changed except upon express written consent of both parties wherein specific reference is made to this General Release and Agreement.

 

12.     Counterparts and Facsimile Signature. This General Release and Agreement may be executed in counterparts and shall be deemed fully executed when each party has signed and transmitted a counterpart to the other. All counterparts taken together shall constitute a single agreement. A facsimile signature shall have the same force and effect of an original signature.

 

13.     Enforcement. In the event of a party’s material breach of the General Release and Agreement, the non-breaching party may initiate action seeking any and all appropriate sanctions, damages, and remedies, including, but not limited to, injunctive or other equitable relief, damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and interest. In any such action, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recovery of reasonable attorneys’ fees. Further, if Employee breaches the covenants set forth in Section 7, Employer can reduce the Severance Benefits to $20,000 and such General Release and Separation Agreement shall remain valid and enforceable, the $20,000 being agreed to by the parties as adequate consideration for the release provided in Paragraph 2. Employer may also seek equitable relief, without the necessity to post a bond, to enforce Employee’s obligations under this General Release and Agreement.

 

14.     Entire Agreement. This General Release and Separation Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties, and fully supersedes any prior agreements or understandings between them except as set forth in Paragraph 15.  Employee acknowledges that she has not relied upon any statements, representations, promises or agreements of any kind made by Employer or its attorneys, written or oral, in connection with her decision to accept this General Release and Separation Agreement, other than the statements and representations that are explicitly set forth in this General Release and Separation Agreement, and any employee benefit plans sponsored by Employer in which Employee is a participant.

 

15.     Surviving Agreements. Nothing in the prior paragraph (14. Entire Agreement) or Paragraph 7 shall affect Employee’s obligations owed to Employer under any restrictive covenants, confidentiality or other similar agreements, including those set forth in any award agreements related to any restricted stock units or stock options granted to Employee during her employment. Each of these agreements shall survive this General Release and Separation Agreement and remain in full force and effect. If there is a conflict between Paragraph 7 and such prior agreements, the restrictions in Paragraph 7 shall control.

 

6

 

 

PLEASE READ THIS GENERAL RELEASE AND AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE SIGNING. THIS GENERAL RELEASE AND AGREEMENT INCLUDES A RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS EMPLOYEE MAY HAVE AGAINST EMPLOYER.

 

HAVING ELECTED TO EXECUTE THIS GENERAL RELEASE AND AGREEMENT, TO FULFILL THE PROMISES AND TO RECEIVE THE SEVERANCE BENEFITS, EMPLOYEE FREELY AND KNOWINGLY, AND AFTER DUE CONSIDERATION, ENTERS INTO THIS GENERAL RELEASE AND AGREEMENT INTENDING TO WAIVE, SETTLE AND RELEASE ALL CLAIMS SHE HAS OR MIGHT HAVE AGAINST EMPLOYER.

 

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows.]

 

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto knowingly and voluntarily executed this General Release and Agreement as of the date set forth below:

 

 

/s/ Kelyn Brannon                                                

Kelyn Brannon

 

Date: August 11, 2020                                         

 

 

ASURE SOFTWARE, INC.

 

/s/ Pat Goepel                                                       

By:     Pat Goepel

Its:     Chief Executive Officer

 

8Exhibit 4.1

      

    

     

    

     

    

     

    

    URBAN ONE, INC.

    AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

    8.75% SENIOR SECURED NOTES DUE 2022

    
      

      

    

    INDENTURE

    Dated as of November 9, 2020

    
      

      

    

    

    

    
      

      

    

    WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

    as Trustee and Notes Collateral agent

     

    

     

    

     

    

     

    

    
      

      

      

      

    

    
      
        

    

    TABLE OF CONTENTS A

    

    

    

    ARTICLE 1

      DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

      BY REFERENCE

     

    

    	Section 1.01	
            Definitions

            

          

    	Section 1.02	
            Other Definitions

            

          

    	Section 1.03	
            Rules of Construction

            

          

    ARTICLE 2

      THE NOTES

    	Section 2.01	
            Form and Dating

          

    	Section 2.02	
            Execution and Authentication

          

    	Section 2.03	
            Registrar and Paying Agent

          

    	Section 2.04	
            Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

          

    	Section 2.05	
            Holder Lists

          

    	Section 2.06	
            Transfer and Exchange

          

    	Section 2.07	
            Replacement Notes

          

    	Section 2.08	
            Outstanding Notes

          

    	Section 2.09	
            Treasury Notes

          

    	Section 2.10	
            Temporary Notes

          

    	Section 2.11	
            Cancellation

          

    	Section 2.12	
            Defaulted Interest

          

    ARTICLE 3

      REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

    	Section 3.01	
            Notices to Trustee

          

    	Section 3.02	
            Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased

          

    	Section 3.03	
            Notice of Redemption

          

    	Section 3.04	
            Effect of Notice of Redemption

          

    	Section 3.05	
            Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price

          

    	Section 3.06	
            Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part

          

    	Section 3.07	
            Optional Redemption

          

    	Section 3.08	
            Mandatory Redemption

          

    	Section 3.09	
            Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

          

    ARTICLE 4

      COVENANTS

    	Section 4.01	
            Payment of Notes

          

    	Section 4.02	
            Maintenance of Office or Agency

          

    	Section 4.03	
            Reports

          

    	Section 4.04	
            Compliance Certificate

          

    	Section 4.05	
            Taxes

          

    	Section 4.06	
            Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

          

    	Section 4.07	
            Limitations on Restricted Payments

          

    	Section 4.08	
            Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

          

    	Section 4.09	
            Limitation on Indebtedness

          

    	Section 4.10	
            Limitation on Sale of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

          

    	Section 4.11	
            Limitation on Affiliate Transactions

          

    	Section 4.12	
            Limitation on Liens

          

    	Section 4.13	
            Business Activities

          

    	Section 4.14	
            Corporate Existence

          

    	Section 4.15	
            Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

          

    	Section 4.16	
            [Reserved]

          

    	Section 4.17	
            Additional Note Guarantees

          

    	Section 4.18	
            Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries

          

    	Section 4.19	
            Suspension of Covenants on Achievement of Investment Grade Status

          

    ARTICLE 5

      SUCCESSORS

    	Section 5.01	
            Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets

          

    	Section 5.02	
            Successor Corporation Substituted

          

    ARTICLE 6

      DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

    	Section 6.01	
            Events of Default

          

    	Section 6.02	
            Acceleration

          

    	Section 6.03	
            Other Remedies

          

    	Section 6.04	
            Waiver of Past Defaults

          

    	Section 6.05	
            Control by Majority

          

    	Section 6.06	
            Limitation on Suits

          

    	Section 6.07	
            Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment

          

    	Section 6.08	
            Collection Suit by Trustee

          

    	Section 6.09	
            Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

          

    	Section 6.10	
            Priorities

          

    	Section 6.11	
            Undertaking for Costs

          

     

    

    
      
        

    

    ARTICLE 7

      TRUSTEE

    	Section 7.01	
            Duties of Trustee

          

    	Section 7.02	
            Rights of Trustee

          

    	Section 7.03	
            Individual Rights of Trustee

          

    	Section 7.04	
            Trustee’s Disclaimer

          

    	Section 7.05	
            Notice of Defaults

          

    	Section 7.06	
            Compensation and Indemnity

          

    	Section 7.07	
            Replacement of Trustee

          

    	Section 7.08	
            Successor Trustee by Merger, etc

          

    	Section 7.09	
            Eligibility; Disqualification

          

    	Section 7.10	
            Notes Collateral Agent.

          

    ARTICLE 8

      LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

    	Section 8.01	
            Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

          

    	Section 8.02	
            Legal Defeasance and Discharge

          

    	Section 8.03	
            Covenant Defeasance

          

    	Section 8.04	
            Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

          

    	Section 8.05	
            Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

          

    	Section 8.06	
            Repayment to Company

          

    	Section 8.07	
            Reinstatement

          

    ARTICLE 9

      AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

    	Section 9.01	
            Without Consent of Holders of Notes

          

    	Section 9.02	
            With Consent of Holders of Notes

          

    	Section 9.03	
            Revocation and Effect of Consents

          

    	Section 9.04	
            Notation on or Exchange of Notes

          

    	Section 9.05	
            Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc

          

    ARTICLE 10

      COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

    Section 10.01 Security Interest

    Section 10.02 Equal and Ratable Sharing of Collateral by Holders of
      Parity Lien Debt

    Section 10.03 Relative Rights

    Section 10.04 Further Assurances

    Section 10.05 Insurance

    Section 10.06 Release of Liens in Respect of Notes

    Section 10.07    Authorization of Actions to Be Taken by the Trustee Under the Security Documents

    Section 10.08    Authorization of Receipt of Funds by the Trustee Under the Security Documents

    Section 10.09 Real Property

    Section 10.10    Trustee’s Duties with Respect to Collateral; Rights of Notes Collateral Agent

    Section 10.11 Holder Direction

    ARTICLE 11

      NOTE GUARANTEES

    Section 11.01 Guarantee

    Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability

    Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee

    Section 11.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms

    Section 11.05 Releases

    ARTICLE 12

      SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

    Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge

    Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money

    ARTICLE 13

      MISCELLANEOUS

    Section 13.01 Notices

    Section 13.02 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

    Section 13.03 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

    Section 13.04 Rules by Trustee and Agents

    Section 13.05 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers,
      Employees and Stockholders

    Section 13.06 Governing Law; Jurisdiction

    Section 13.07 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

    Section 13.08 Successors

    Section 13.09 Severability

    Section 13.10 Counterpart Originals

    Section 13.11 Table of Contents, Headings, etc

    Section 13.12 Force Majeure

    Section 13.13 U.S.A. Patriot Act

    Section 13.14 JURY TRIAL WAIVER

    

    

    EXHIBITS

    	Exhibit A	
            FORM OF NOTE

          

    	Exhibit B	
            FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

          

    	Exhibit C	
            FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

          

    	Exhibit D	
            FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

          

    	Exhibit E	
            FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

          

    	Exhibit F	
            FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

          

    	Exhibit G	
            FORM OF NOTES INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

          

    
      
        

    

    
    INDENTURE dated as of November 9, 2020 among Urban One, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),
      the Guarantors (as defined below), Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “Trustee”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association,
      as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Notes Collateral Agent”).

    The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as
      defined below) of the 8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “Notes”):

    ARTICLE 1

        DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    Section 1.01 Definitions.

     “144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name
        of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

     “7.375% Notes” means 7.375% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 issued by the Company in an aggregate principal amount of $350.0 million pursuant to an indenture, dated as of April 17, 2015, between the Company, the
        subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, as may be amended from time to time.

      “ABL Claimholders” means, at any relevant time, the holders of ABL Debt Obligations at that time, including the lenders under the ABL Credit Facility and the ABL Collateral Agent, under the ABL Loan Documents.

     “ABL Collateral Documents” means any agreement, document or instrument pursuant to which a Lien is granted securing any ABL Debt Obligations or under which rights or remedies with respect to such Liens are
        governed (other than the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) including any “Collateral Documents” or “Security Documents” as such terms may be defined in the ABL Credit Facility.

     “ABL Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2016, among the Company, as borrower, the lenders party hereto from time to time, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
        administrative agent, including any related guarantees, collateral documents, security agreements, mortgages, instruments and other agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented, renewed,
        extended, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including any increase in the amount of available borrowings or obligations thereunder or addition of Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors
        thereunder) whether provided under one or more other credit agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders and whether or not subsequent to the time the then existing
        ABL Credit Agreement has been partially or fully repaid.

     “ABL Credit Facility” means the asset based revolving credit facility under the ABL Credit Agreement, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid,
        increased or extended in whole or in part from time to time and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes issued pursuant thereto and
        any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral documents). Without limiting the generality of
        the foregoing, the term “ABL Credit Facility” shall also include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers
        or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder, (4) changing the administrative agent or lenders or (5) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

     “ABL Debt” means Debt and other “Obligations” (as such term or similar term is defined in the ABL Credit Facility) outstanding under the ABL Credit Facility Incurred from time to time under the ABL Credit
        Facility.

     “ABL Debt Obligations” means ABL Debt Incurred and all other Obligations (excluding any Obligations that would constitute ABL Debt) in respect thereof, together, to the extent not already included, with (1) Cash
        Management Services of the Company or any Guarantor that are secured, or intended to be secured, by the ABL Loan Documents if the provider of such Cash Management Services is a lender under the ABL Credit Facility or an Affiliate of a lender under
        the ABL Credit Facility, in each case, at the time such obligation is Incurred, or has agreed to be bound by the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or such provider’s interest in the ABL Priority Collateral is subject to the terms of the ABL
        Intercreditor Agreement; and (2) Hedging Obligations that are secured, or intended to be secured, under the ABL Loan Documents if the provider of such Hedging Obligations is a lender under the ABL Credit Facility or an Affiliate of a lender under
        the ABL Credit Facility, in each case, at the time such obligation is Incurred, or has agreed to be bound by the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or such provider’s interest in the ABL Priority
        Collateral is subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the aggregate principal amount of Debt for borrowed money constituting principal outstanding under the ABL Loan Documents is in excess of the
        Intercreditor ABL Lien Cap at the time such Debt is incurred, then only that portion of such Debt equal to the Intercreditor ABL Lien Cap at the time such Debt is incurred shall be included in ABL Debt Obligations and interest and reimbursement
        obligations with respect to such Debt shall only constitute ABL Debt Obligations to the extent related to Debt included in the ABL Debt Obligations; provided, however,
        that notwithstanding the foregoing if at the time of incurrence such Debt constituted ABL Debt, any subsequent reduction in the Intercreditor ABL Lien Cap shall not cause such outstanding Debt to cease to be deemed ABL Debt or ABL Debt Obligations
        for purposes of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement. “ABL Debt Obligations” shall include all interest accrued or accruing (or which would, absent commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, accrue) after commencement of an Insolvency or
        Liquidation Proceeding in accordance with the rate specified in the relevant ABL Loan Document whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

     “ABL Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement, dated as of April 21, 2016, among the Company, the Guarantors, the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement, the Parity Debt Collateral
        Agents, the trustee under the indenture relating to the 7.375% Notes, the collateral agent under the indenture relating to the 7.375% Notes and the collateral agent under the ABL Credit Facility (together with any other collateral agent, collateral
        trustee or other representative of lenders or ABL Claimholders that becomes party to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement upon the refinancing or replacement of the ABL Credit Facility, or any successor representative acting in such capacity, the “ABL
        Collateral Agent”).

     “ABL Lien” means a Lien granted under or pursuant to an ABL Collateral Document, at any time, upon any property of the Company or any Guarantor or any other Person to secure ABL Debt Obligations.

     “ABL Loan Documents” means the ABL Credit Facility, the ABL Collateral Documents and the other Loan Documents (as such term or similar term is defined in the ABL Credit Facility) and each of the other agreements,
        documents and instruments providing for or evidencing any other ABL Debt Obligation, and any other document or instrument executed or delivered at any time in connection with any ABL Debt Obligations, including any “Loan Document” as such term or
        similar term is defined in the ABL Credit Facility and any intercreditor or joinder agreement among holders of ABL Debt Obligations, to the extent such are effective at the relevant time, as each may be amended, supplemented, refunded, deferred,
        restructured, replaced, increased or refinanced from time to time in whole or in part (whether with the Initial ABL Collateral Agent and lenders under the ABL Credit Facility or other agents and lenders or otherwise), in each case in accordance
        with the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

     “ABL Priority Collateral” comprises, with respect to the Company, the Guarantors and any other obligor of any ABL Lien Obligations, all (a) accounts, (b) inventory, (c) chattel paper, documents, general
        intangibles, instruments, or investment property, in each case evidencing or substituted for, any account, any inventory or any other ABL Priority Collateral, (d) all deposit accounts into which any proceeds of any account, any inventory or any
        other ABL Priority Collateral are deposited, (e) all money, cash or Cash Equivalents constituting proceeds of, evidencing or substituted for, any account, any inventory or any other ABL Priority Collateral, (f) all supporting obligations (including
        letter of credit rights that constitute supporting obligations) relating to, and any security pledged for, any accounts, any inventory or any other ABL Priority Collateral, (g) the commercial tort claims arising from, evidencing or substituted for
        any account, any inventory or any other ABL Priority Collateral, (h) all payment intangibles and instruments relating to intercompany indebtedness owing to the Company or any Guarantor, (i) all books and records pertaining to any account, any
        inventory or any other ABL Priority Collateral and (j) to the extent not otherwise included, all proceeds, insurance claims and other rights to payment related to any account, any inventory or any other ABL Priority Collateral not otherwise
        included in the foregoing and products of the foregoing and all accessions to, substitutions and replacements for, and rents and profits of the foregoing, but, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses, other than any Excluded Assets. For
        clarity, (i) accounts, chattel paper, instruments and payment intangibles evidencing or comprising identifiable proceeds of Notes Priority Collateral shall be Notes Priority Collateral and (ii) all intellectual property shall be Notes Priority
        Collateral.

     “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (1) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or (2) assumed in
        connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition or (3) of a Person at the time such
        Person merges with or into or consolidates or otherwise combines with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of the preceding sentence, on the date such
        Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets and, with respect to clause (3) of the preceding sentence, on the date of the relevant
        merger, consolidation or other combination.

     “Additional Assets” means:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              any property or assets (other than Capital Stock) used or to be used by the Company, a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Permitted Business (it being
                understood that capital expenditures on property or assets already used in a Permitted Business or to replace any property or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition shall be deemed an investment in Additional Assets);

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Permitted Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the
                Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

            

    

         “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial
      Notes.

    
      1

      
        

    

         “Additional Parity Lien Debt Facility” means one or more debt facilities, credit agreements, note purchase agreements, commercial paper facilities, indentures or other agreements for which the
      requirements of the intercreditor agreements have been satisfied and which is so designated as Parity Lien Debt, in each case with banks, lenders, purchasers, investors or trustees, agents or other representatives of any of the foregoing providing
      for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables or interests in such receivables to such lenders or other persons or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders or other
      persons against such receivables or sell such receivables or interests in such receivables), letters of credit, notes or other borrowings or extensions of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, restated,
      restructured, increased, supplemented, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time in accordance with each applicable Secured Document, including any replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or agreement that increases the
      amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof or adds entities as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, group of lenders, or otherwise; provided that in the case of any replacement or refinancing, the provisions of the intercreditor agreements are complied with and provided further that neither the ABL Credit Facility nor any refinancing thereof shall constitute an Additional Parity Lien Debt Facility.

     “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such
        specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
        by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

     “Affiliated Entity” means any Person who, directly or indirectly, has the ability to elect one or more of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or any Parent Company.

     “Affiliation Agreement” means the agreement entered into concurrently with the execution of the Purchase Agreement between Comcast Cable Communication, LLC, an affiliate of Comcast, and TV One providing for a
        multi-year extension of their previous affiliation agreement regarding the distribution of the television programming service of TV One.

     “Applicable Parity Lien Representative” means (i) prior to the payment in full of all outstanding obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the
        collateral agent under the Credit Agreement and (ii) thereafter, the Parity Lien Representative party to the intercreditor agreements that represents the largest principal amount of Parity Lien Obligations.

     “Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

     “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such
        transfer or exchange.

     “Asset Disposition” means:

    the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of a Sale and
      Leaseback Transaction) of the Company (other than Capital Stock of the Company) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”);
      or

    the issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section
      4.09 hereof or directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

     in
        each case, other than:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              a disposition of cash, Cash Equivalents;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              a disposition of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              a disposition of obsolete, surplus or worn out equipment or other assets or equipment or other assets that are no longer useful in the conduct of the business of the
                Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              transactions permitted under Section 5.01 hereof or a transaction that constitutes a Change of Control;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              any Designated Sale;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to another Restricted Subsidiary or as part of or pursuant to an equity incentive or
                compensation plan approved by the Board of Directors;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              any dispositions of Capital Stock, properties or assets in a single transaction or series of related transactions with a fair market value (as determined in good faith
                by the Company) of less than $5.0 million;

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 hereof and the making of any Permitted Payment or Permitted Investment or, solely
                for purposes of clause (3) of Section 4.10(a) hereof, asset sales, the proceeds of which are used to make such Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments;

            

    

    
      	
              (10)

            	
              dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens;

            

    

    
      	
              (11)

            	
              dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar
                proceedings;

            

    

    
      	
              (12)

            	
              the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, sub-licenses, leases or subleases of other property, in each case, in
                the ordinary course of business;

            

    

    
      	
              (13)

            	
              foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

            

    

    
      	
              (14)

            	
              the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes
                receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

            

    

    
      	
              (15)

            	
              any disposition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (16)

            	
              any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted
                Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in
                each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

            

    

    
      	
              (17)

            	
              to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Permitted Business; and

            

    

    
      	
              (18)

            	
              any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind.

            

    

     

    
      2

      
        

    

        “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

     “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used
        in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, provided that such right is currently
        exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns,” “Beneficially Owning” and “Beneficially Owned” have correlative meanings.

     “Board of Directors” means (1) with respect to the Company or any corporation, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of the corporation, or any duly authorized committee thereof; (2) with respect to
        any partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of the partnership or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or any duly authorized committee of such Person
        serving a similar function. Whenever any provision requires any action or determination to be made by, or any approval of, a Board of Directors, such action, determination or approval shall be deemed to have been taken or made if approved by a
        majority of the directors on any such Board of Directors (whether or not such action or approval is taken as part of a formal board meeting or as a formal board approval).

     “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York, or the place of payment on the Notes in the United States are authorized or required
        by law to close.

     “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options or depositary receipts for, or other equivalents of or partnership or other interests in (however designated),
        equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

     “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes on the basis of GAAP; provided that all obligations
        of the Company and its Subsidiaries that are or would be characterized as an operating lease as determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect on December 31, 2019 (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to
        be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Capitalized Lease Obligation) for purposes of this Indenture (regardless of any change in GAAP following December 31, 2019 that would otherwise require such obligation to be characterized or
        recharacterized as a Capitalized Lease Obligation). The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined on the basis of GAAP,
        and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty. For purposes Section 4.12 hereof a Capitalized Lease
        Obligation shall be deemed secured by a Lien on the property or assets (and proceeds thereof) being leased.

     “Cash Equivalents” means:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              (a) United States dollars or (b) any other foreign currency held by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States or Canadian governments or, in each case, any agency or instrumentality of thereof
                (provided that the full faith and credit of such country is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than one year from the
                date of acquisition thereof issued by any lender to the Credit Agreement or ABL Credit Facility or by any bank or trust company (a) whose commercial paper is rated at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least “P-2” or the
                equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at the time neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization) or (b) (in the event that the bank or trust company does not
                have commercial paper which is rated) having combined capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause
                (3) above;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or the equivalent thereof by S&P or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or carrying
                an equivalent rating by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of investments or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer
                of which has an equivalent rating in respect of its long-term debt, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America, any province of Canada or any political subdivision thereof, in each case,
                having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at the time, neither is issuing comparable ratings, then a comparable rating of another Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization)
                with maturities of not more than two years from the date of acquisition; and

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              interests in any investment company, money market or enhanced high yield fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses
                (1) through (6) above.

            

    

     Notwithstanding
        the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clause (1) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) as promptly as practicable and in any
        event within 10 Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

     “Cash Management Services” means any of the following to the extent not constituting a line of credit (other than an overnight draft facility that is not in default): ACH
        transactions, treasury and/or cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, overdraft facilities, foreign exchange facilities, deposit and other accounts and merchant services.

     “Change of Control” means:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related
                transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Principal or
                a Related Party or a Permitted Group;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the
                Company or any Parent Company, measured by voting power, rather than number of shares, is Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by any Person other than any Parent Company, the Principals and their Related Parties or a Permitted
                Group; or

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.

            

    

     “Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     “Collateral” means collectively the Notes Priority Collateral and ABL Priority Collateral.

     “Communications Act” shall mean the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations and published policies thereunder.

     “Company” means Urban One, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

     “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, S.A.

    
      3

      
        

    

     “Consolidated Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, without duplication, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              plus, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and only to the extent deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income,

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              Consolidated Income Tax Expense (other than income tax expense (either positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary gains (or losses));

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              Consolidated Interest Expense;

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              Consolidated Non-cash Charges;

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              expenses or charges (other than depreciation or amortization expense) related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization
                or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the Transactions and (ii) any amendment or
                other modification of this Indenture and the Notes, in each case, deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income;

            

    

    
      	
              (e)

            	
              any extraordinary or non-recurring charges, costs or expenses;

            

    

    
      	
              (f)

            	
              interest incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued operations;

            

    

    
      	
              (g)

            	
              any costs, expenses or amounts paid in connection with employee or management recruitment, relocation, retention, signing bonus or severance costs; and

            

    

    
      	
              (h)

            	
              losses, charges and expenses associated with modifications of station broadcasting formats;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              minus

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income, other than (i) the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business and (ii) reversals of prior accruals or
                reserves for cash items previously excluded in the calculation of Consolidated Non-cash Charges; and

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              barter revenues to the extent such barter revenues were included in computing Consolidated Net Income.

            

    

     “Consolidated Income Tax Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
        as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

     “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period the interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case for such period as determined on a consolidated
        basis in accordance with GAAP (whether paid or accrued and whether or not capitalized), including without duplication:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              any amortization of debt discount;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              non-cash interest expense, including any interest paid in kind by the issuance of additional Indebtedness;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              the net cost under Hedging Obligations (including any amortization of discounts);

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the interest portion of any deferred payment obligations;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              all commission, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, financing or similar activities (including, without
                limitation, agency fees, commitment fees and similar fees);

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              the interest expense on any Indebtedness guaranteed by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien; and

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              any cash dividends paid or payable on any Designated Preferred Stock.

            

    

     

    
      4

      
        

    

    “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a
        consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              all extraordinary or unusual gains and extraordinary or unusual losses (in each case, net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto),
                together with any related provision for taxes on such gains and losses;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the net income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, except to the extent of the
                amount of the dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Person;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales or sale or other disposition of assets or Equity Interests outside the ordinary course of business after the Issue Date by
                such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), on an after tax basis;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the net income (loss) from any operations disposed of or discontinued after the Issue Date and any net gains or losses on such disposition or discontinuance, on an
                after tax basis;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              solely for purposes of Section 4.07, the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person to the extent the declaration of dividends or similar
                distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its
                charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, partners or members, except to the extent of any dividends or other
                distributions or payments actually paid to such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              any gain or loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              any fees and expenses, including deferred finance costs, paid in connection with the Transactions (including, without limitation, ratings agency fees);

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              non-cash compensation charges or expenses, including those incurred in connection with any issuance of Equity Interests;

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              non-cash gains and losses attributable to movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
                133; and

            

    

    
      	
              (10)

            	
              any net after tax gains or losses attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness (in each case, net of fees and expenses relating to the transaction giving
                rise thereto).

            

    

     “Consolidated Net Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, (x) Consolidated Total Indebtedness less (y) Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the
        Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     “Consolidated Non-Cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization (including, without limitation, (i) amortization of goodwill, programming costs, barter
        expenses and other intangibles and (ii) the effect of any non-cash impairment charges incurred subsequent to the Issue Date resulting from the application of FASB Accounting Standards Codifications No. 350, 360 or 805, and any other non-cash items
        resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down or write-off of assets or liabilities including deferred financing costs and the effect of straight-lining of rents as a result of purchase accounting adjustments in connection with any future
        acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction, but excluding amortization of pre-paid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period) and other non-cash charges and expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
        reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP excluding any such charges which require an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any
        future period.

    “Consolidated Secured Leverage” means (x) the sum of the aggregate outstanding Secured
      Indebtedness for borrowed money, obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, letters of credit (only to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings thereunder), debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes and similar instruments and any
      Guarantees in respect of any of the foregoing of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries less (y) Unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

     “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Secured Leverage at such date to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow for the period of
        the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with
        the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Leverage Ratio;” provided that, for the purpose of determining Consolidated Secured Leverage, the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
        shall be determined without giving pro forma effect to the proceeds of Indebtedness incurred on such date.

     “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as at any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
        consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, letters of credit (only to the extent of any unreimbursed drawings thereunder), debt obligations evidenced by promissory
        notes and similar instruments and any Guarantees in respect of any of the foregoing, and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries on
        a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a
        consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries under any revolving credit facility or line of credit as at any date of determination shall be determined using the Average
        Quarterly Balance of such Indebtedness for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available as of such date of determination (the “Reference Period”). For purposes hereof, (a) the “maximum fixed
        repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred
        Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred
        Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company, (b) “Average Quarterly Balance” means, with respect to any Indebtedness incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under a revolving facility
        or line of credit, the quotient of (x) the sum of each Individual Quarterly Balance for each fiscal quarter ended on or prior to such date of determination and included in the Reference Period divided by (y) 4, and (c) “Individual Quarterly
        Balance” means, with respect to any Indebtedness incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under a revolving credit facility or line of credit during any fiscal quarter of the Company, the quotient of (x) the sum of the aggregate
        outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness at the end of each day of such quarter divided by (y) the number of days in such fiscal quarter.

     “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any operating lease, dividend or other obligation that does
        not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              to advance or supply funds:

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              to maintain the working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to
                make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

            

    

     “continuing” means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

     

      

    
      5

      
        

    

     “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              was a member of or nominated to such Board of Directors on the Issue Date; or

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              was nominated for election by either (a) one or more of the Principals or (b) the Board of Directors of the Company, a majority of whom were members of or nominated to
                the Board of Directors of the Company on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by one or more of the Principals Beneficially Owning at least 25% of the Voting Stock of the Company (determined by
                reference to voting power and not number of shares held) or such directors.

            

    

     “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” means the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.01 hereof or such other address the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company.

     “Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 18, 2017, among the Company, as borrower, the lenders party hereto from time to time, Guggenheim Securities Credit Partners, LLC, as
        administrative agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as collateral agent, including any related guarantees, collateral documents, security agreements, mortgages, instruments and other agreements executed in connection therewith, as each may be
        amended, restated, modified, supplemented, renewed, extended, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time (including any increase in the amount of available borrowings or obligations thereunder or addition of Restricted
        Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder) whether provided under one or more other credit agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders and
        whether or not subsequent to the time the then existing Credit Agreement has been partially or fully repaid; provided that, so long as any Notes are outstanding, no such increase may result in the principal
        amount of Indebtedness of the Company under the Credit Agreement exceeding the amount specified in clause (1) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, as such amount is reduced from time to time in accordance with such clause (1).

     “Credit Facility” means one or more debt facilities, indentures or other arrangements (including the Credit Agreement or commercial paper facilities, receivables financing and overdraft facilities) with banks,
        other financial institutions or investors providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such
        institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, refinanced, repaid, increased or extended in whole or in part from time to
        time (and whether in whole or in part and whether or not with the original administrative agent and lenders or another administrative agent or agents or other banks or institutions and whether provided under the Credit Agreement or one or more
        other credit or other agreements, indentures, financing agreements or otherwise) and in each case including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with the foregoing (including any notes and
        letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any Guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other Guarantees, pledges, agreements, security agreements and collateral
        documents). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement or instrument (1) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (2) adding Subsidiaries of
        the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (3) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder, (4) changing the administrative agent or lenders or (5) otherwise altering the terms
        and conditions thereof.

     “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

     “Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would
        have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

     “Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note
        shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

     “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all
        successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

     “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company) of non-cash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection
        with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a
        subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has
        been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof.

     “Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) that is issued for cash (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust
        established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company, on the issuance date thereof, the cash
        proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation of the basket set forth in Section 4.07(a) hereof.

     “Designated Sales” means, at any time of determination, (i) the Designated Tower Sales, (ii) the sale of all or a portion of the businesses, properties, assets and operations of Interactive One, LLC (in each case
        to the extent related to the internet business of such Person), and (iii) the sale of any other assets or businesses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Equity Interests of any Person, unless all of the Equity Interests
        of such Person are so sold), so long as the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to (and derived from) all such assets and businesses sold in reliance on this subclause (iii) (measured, for any such sale, for the most recently
        ended four fiscal quarters for which financial statements have been provided as required under Section 4.03 hereof) does not exceed $2.5 million during such measurement period, with such calculation to be set forth (in reasonable detail) in an
        Officer’s Certificate.

     “Designated Tower Sale” means the sale of any of thirty-three designated radio towers located in Baltimore, Maryland, Cincinnati and Cleveland, Ohio, Detroit, Michigan, Houston, Texas, Indianapolis, Indiana,
        Richmond, Virginia and Washington DC, as set forth on Schedule 1.0 IB to the Credit Agreement as of the Issue Date.

     “Discharge of Parity Lien Obligations” means, except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in the provisions of the intercreditor agreements regarding when Discharge of Parity Lien Obligations is deemed to
        not have occurred, with respect to each Series of Parity Lien Debt and all Parity Lien Obligations related thereto:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              termination or expiration of all commitments to extend credit that would constitute Parity Lien Debt;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              either (x) payment in full in cash of the principal of, and interest (including post-petition interest, whether or not such interest would be allowed in such Insolvency
                or Liquidation Proceedings) and premium, if any, on all Parity Lien Debt (other than any undrawn letters of credit), other than from the proceeds of an Incurrence of Parity Lien Debt or (y) defeasance in full of all Parity Lien Obligations
                in accordance with the terms of the applicable Parity Lien Documents;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              discharge or cash collateralization (at the lower of (A) 103% of the aggregate undrawn amount and (B) the percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount required for
                release of liens under the terms of the applicable Parity Lien Document) of all outstanding letters of credit constituting Parity Lien Debt; and

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              payment in full in cash of all other Parity Lien Obligations that are outstanding and unpaid at the time the Parity Lien Debt is paid in full in cash (other than any
                obligations for taxes, costs, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities in respect of which no claim or demand for payment has been made at such time).

            

    

     Unless
        used in connection with a specific Series of Parity Lien Debt, all references to Discharge of Parity Lien Obligations shall mean that a Discharge of Parity Lien Obligations has occurred for each Series of Parity Lien Debt. If a Discharge of Parity
        Lien Obligations occurs prior to the termination of the intercreditor agreements, to the extent that additional Parity Lien Obligations are Incurred or Parity Lien Obligations are reinstated in accordance with the section of the intercreditor
        agreements regarding avoidance issues, the Discharge of Parity Lien Obligations shall (effective upon the Incurrence of such additional Parity Lien Obligations or reinstatement of such Parity Lien Obligations, as applicable) be deemed to no longer
        be effective. For the avoidance of doubt, a Discharge of Parity Lien Obligations shall not occur until the foregoing requirements are satisfied for each Series of Parity Lien Debt.

     “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such
        Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be deemed not to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of
        such Capital Stock.

     

      

    
      6

      
        

    

     “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon
        the happening of any event:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              matures or is mandatorily redeemable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise; or

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              is or may become (in accordance with its terms) upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise redeemable or repurchasable for cash or in exchange for Indebtedness
                at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the earlier of (a) the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) the date on which there are no Notes outstanding; provided, however, that (i) only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the
                holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such
                Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (howsoever defined or referred to) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if any such redemption or repurchase obligation is subject to compliance by the relevant
                Person with Section 4.07 hereof; provided, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Company or its
                Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory
                or regulatory obligations.

            

    

     “Domestic Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

     “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company or any successor securities clearing agency.

     “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

     “Equity Offering” means (x) a sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) other than offerings registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 (or any successor form) under the Securities Act or any
        similar offering in other jurisdictions, or (y) the sale of Capital Stock or other securities by a Parent Company, the proceeds of which are contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or through an Excluded
        Contribution) of the Company.

     “Excess Cash Flow” shall mean, for any period, the remainder of (a) the sum of, without duplication, (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) for such period, and
        (ii) the decrease, if any, in Adjusted Consolidated Working Capital (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) from the first day to the last day of such period, minus (b) the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate amount of all
        Capital Expenditures (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period with internally generated cash of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) the aggregate amount
        of permanent principal payments and principal prepayments of Indebtedness (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) for borrowed money (including but not limited to all Scheduled Term Loan Repayments (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan
        Agreement) made pursuant to Section 4.02(b) of the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and the permanent repayment of the principal component of Capitalized Lease Obligations (as defined in the Unsecured
        Term Loan Agreement) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than (1) repayments with the proceeds of the Term Loans (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement), (2) repayments which are not made with
        internally generated cash of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (3) all voluntary and mandatory prepayments of Term Loans (except all Scheduled Term Loan Repayments made pursuant to Section 4.02(b) of the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) and
        (4) repayments in respect of the Comcast Note (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement)), (iii) the increase, if any, in Adjusted Consolidated Working Capital from the first day to the last day of such period, (iv) the aggregate amount of
        all cash payments made in respect of all Investments (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) made in reliance on Sections 9.05(l) and (r) of the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement (including, without limitation, Permitted Acquisitions (as
        defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement)), consummated by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period with internally generated cash of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (v) an amount equal to the aggregate net
        non-cash gain on Asset Sales (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Asset Sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such
        Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (vi) cash payments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness, (vii) the aggregate
        amount of expenditures actually made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period,
        (viii) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness, (ix)
        without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions, acquisitions, Investments or Capital Expenditures to be consummated or made, in each case during the period of four
        consecutive Fiscal Quarters (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) of the Company following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash actually utilized to finance such Permitted
        Acquisitions, acquisitions, Investments or Capital Expenditures during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at
        the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters, (x) the amount of cash taxes (including penalties and interest) or the tax reserves set aside in a prior period to the extent paid in cash in such period to the extent they exceed the
        amount of tax expense deducted in determining Adjusted Consolidated Net Income for such period, (xi) cash expenditures in respect of Interest Rate Protection Agreements (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) and Other Hedging Agreements
        (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) during such period to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (xii) reimbursable or insured expenses incurred during such period to the extent that
        reimbursement has not yet been received (provided that any cash reimbursement received in a subsequent period shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow for such period), (xiii) cash expenditures for fees and expenses payable in
        connection with acquisitions or Investments, dispositions and the issuance of equity interests or Indebtedness, to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Adjusted Consolidated Net Income, (xiv) the aggregate amount of all cash payments made in
        respect of all Dividends (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) and Debt Repurchases (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in reliance on Section 9.09(d)(ii) of the
        Unsecured Term Loan Agreement during such period with internally generated cash of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (xv) the aggregate amount of all cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any
        dividends, distributions, return of capital or other similar or equivalent return of capital or any other amount received in respect of the MGM Investment (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement), and (xvi) for the avoidance of doubt, the
        aggregate amount of all cash payments made in respect of any Debt Repurchase (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) made by the Company after the Effective Date (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement) in respect of the 7.375%
        Notes (as defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement).

     For
        the avoidance of doubt, the term Excess Cash Flow shall be read, defined, construed and applied in a manner at all times consistent as such term is read, defined, construed and applied in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement (including with respect to
        terms included in this definition of Excess Cash Flow that are defined in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement, which shall be given the meaning ascribed to them in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date).

     “Excess Cash Flow Calculation Date” shall mean (i) the date occurring 60 days after the last day of the second quarterly accounting period of each fiscal year of the Company (commencing with the last day of the
        quarterly accounting period ending June 30, 2021) and (ii) the date occurring 90 days after the last day of each fiscal year of the Company (commencing with the fiscal year of the Company ending December 31, 2020).

     “Excess Cash Flow Calculation Period” shall mean, with respect to the repayment required on each Excess Cash Flow Calculation Date, the immediately preceding six-month period.

     “Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

     

      

    
      7

      
        

    

     “Excluded Assets” comprises the following property and assets, none of which will be included in the Collateral:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              any lease, contract, instrument or property right to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party, if and only for so long as the grant of a security interest shall
                constitute or result in a breach, termination, impairment or default under any such lease, contract or property right (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or
                9-409 of the UCC or any other applicable law or principles of equity), but in each case:

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              only to the extent the Company or any Guarantor is contractually prohibited from creating a Lien on the Issue Date or the date such lease, contract, instrument or
                property right was acquired, created or effective (so long as such prohibition was not expressly negotiated in anticipation of such acquisition), and

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              provided that any security interest securing obligations owing to noteholders shall attach immediately to any portion of such lease, contract or property right without
                further action of the noteholders at any time or from time to time, so long as such security interest does not result, or would no longer result, in any of the consequences specified above;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              any lease, contract, instrument or property right to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party and any other asset, in each case, if and only for so long as the
                grant of a security interest shall violate any applicable law;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              any License to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party, grantee or beneficiary, if and only for so long as either (x) each of the Company or such Guarantor is
                prohibited from granting a security interest therein under applicable provisions of the Communications Act or any other applicable law, or (y) the grant of a security interest shall constitute or result in a breach, termination or default
                under any such License (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9- 406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC or any other applicable law or principles of equity, including the
                Communications Act), provided that:

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              Excluded Assets shall not include any rights and remedies incident or appurtenant to any such Licenses or any rights to receive any or all proceeds derived from, or in
                connection with, any Asset Sale of all or any portion of any such Licenses or any Station, and

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              any security interests securing obligations owing to noteholders shall attach immediately to any portion of such Licenses without further action of the noteholders at
                any time or from time to time, so long as such attachment does not result, or would no longer result, in any of the consequences specified above;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              any Leaseholds;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              all Excluded Equity Interests;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title; and

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              any “intent to use” trademark applications for which a verified statement of use has not been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any asset or
                intellectual property (including copyrights, trademarks and patents) if the grant of a security interest in or Lien upon such intellectual property would result in the cancellation, voiding, invalidation or impairment of such intellectual
                property; provided that a grant of security interest shall be made (in accordance with the Security Agreement) in such “intent to use” applications once a
                verified statement of use has been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or such asset or intellectual property once it can be granted without resulting in cancellation, voiding, invalidation, or impairment thereof.

            

    

     “Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets received by the Company as capital contributions to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock) of the Company after
        the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to the extent funded by
        the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, to the extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

    “Excluded Equity Interests” means (a) all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of an
      Unrestricted Subsidiary; (b) all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of a Person that is (i) treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and formed or incorporated outside the United States or (ii) an entity substantially all of
      whose assets consist, directly or indirectly, of shares and debt obligations of Subsidiaries described in clause (i), in each case, representing more than 65% of its issued and outstanding Voting Stock and (c) all non-majority Equity Interests in
      Persons that are not Subsidiaries of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries but only to the extent such Person is, or its equity holders are, contractually prohibited from creating a Lien in such Equity Interests, so long as the Company
      (1) does not encourage the creation of any contractual prohibitions and (2) requests no such contractual prohibitions be instituted (other than in each of (1) and (2) preceding, those contractual prohibitions in existence on the Issue Date).

     “Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

     “fair market value” may be conclusively established by means of an Officer’s Certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company setting out such fair market value as determined by such Officer or
        such Board of Directors in good faith.

     “FCC” shall mean the Federal Communications Commission (or any successor agency, commission, bureau, department or other political subdivision of the United States of America).

        “FCC License” shall mean any radio or television broadcast service license, community antenna relay service license, broadcast auxiliary license, earth station registration, business radio,
      microwave, special safety radio service license or other license, permit, authorization or certificate issued by the FCC pursuant to the Communications Act.

     “Foreign Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, and any
        Subsidiary of such Subsidiary.

     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the date of any calculation or determination required hereunder. Except as otherwise set forth in this
        Indenture, all ratios and calculations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in accordance with GAAP. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean GAAP as in effect on the date of
        such election; provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Issue Date, the Company may elect to apply IFRS accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon any such election, references herein to GAAP
        shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS (except as otherwise provided in this Indenture), including as to the ability of the Company to make an election pursuant to the previous sentence; provided that any such election, once made, shall be
        irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in this Indenture that require the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Company’s election to
        apply IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, further again, that the Company may only make such election if it also elects to report any subsequent
        financial reports required to be made by the Company, including pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the covenants set forth under Section 4.03 hereof, in IFRS. The Company shall give notice of any such election made in
        accordance with this definition to the Trustee and the Holders.

     “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

     “Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depository or its
        nominee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto and that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Section 2.01, 2.06(b)(3), 2.06(b)(4)
        or 2.06(d)(2) hereof.

     “Government Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and the payment for which the United States pledges its full faith and credit.

     “Governmental Authority” shall mean the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state, provincial or local, and any agency, authority,
        instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including the FCC).

     

      

    
      8

      
        

    

     “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person, including any such obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or
        otherwise, of such Person:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership
                arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              entered into primarily for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in
                respect thereof (in whole or in part);

            

    

    provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the
      ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

     “Guarantor” means any person that executes a Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and their respective successors and assigns.

     “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap
        agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer or mitigation of interest rate, commodity price or currency risks either generally
        or under specific contingencies.

     “Holder” means each Person in whose name the Notes are registered on the Registrar’s books, which shall initially be the nominee of DTC.

     “IAI” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and is not a QIB.

     “IAI Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of
        the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold to IAIs.

     “Immaterial Subsidiary” means, as of any date, any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) whose total assets, together with all other domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, as
        of that date, are less than $5.0 million and whose total revenues, together with all other domestic Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, for the most recent twelve-month period do not exceed $5.0 million; provided that a Restricted
        Subsidiary will not be considered to be an Immaterial Subsidiary if it, directly or indirectly, guarantees or otherwise provides direct credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor.

     “Incur” means issue, create, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur, extend or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock
        of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and
        the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing and any Indebtedness pursuant to any revolving credit or similar facility shall only be “Incurred” at the time any funds are borrowed thereunder.

     “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being
                equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have been reimbursed) (except to the extent such reimbursement
                obligations relate to trade payables and such obligations are satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except trade payables), which purchase price is due
                more than one year after the date of placing such property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              the principal component of all obligations, or liquidation preference, of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted
                Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends);

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;
                provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such
                other Persons;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              Guarantees by such Person of the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net obligations of such Person under Hedging Obligations (the amount of any such obligations to be equal at any
                time to the net payments under such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such obligation that would be payable by such Person at the termination of such agreement or arrangement).

            

    

    The term “Indebtedness” shall not include any lease, concession or license of property (or Guarantee thereof) which would be considered an operating lease under GAAP as in effect
      on the Issue Date, any prepayments of deposits received from clients or customers in the ordinary course of business, or obligations under any license, permit or other approval (or Guarantees given in respect of such obligations) Incurred prior to
      the Issue Date or in the ordinary course of business.

    The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any time in the case of a revolving credit or similar facility shall be the total amount of funds borrowed and then outstanding. The
      amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, and (other than with respect to letters of credit or Guarantees or Indebtedness specified in clause (7) above) shall
      equal the amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared on the basis of GAAP.

    Notwithstanding the above provisions, in no event shall the following constitute Indebtedness:

    (i) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

    (ii) Cash Management Services;

    (iii) in connection with the purchase by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment
        is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable and, to the extent
        such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid in a timely manner; or

    (iv) for the avoidance of doubt, any obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims,
        obligations or contributions or social security or wage Taxes.

     

      

    
      9

      
        

    

     “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

     “Independent Financial Advisor” means an investment banking or accounting firm of international standing or any third party appraiser of international standing; provided,
        however, that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company.

     “Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

     “Initial Notes” means the first $347,016,000 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.

     “Intercreditor ABL Lien Cap” means $25.0 million or, in the event that the requisite amount of lenders under the Credit Agreement approves in writing a greater amount or such greater amount is otherwise permitted
        under the Credit Agreement, such greater amount; provided that in no event shall the Intercreditor ABL Lien Cap exceed $40.0 million or, after the Discharge of Parity Lien Obligations under the Credit Agreement, $40.0 million.

     “Intercreditor Agreements” means the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes Intercreditor Agreement and any additional intercreditor agreements which may be entered into
        between the parties thereto.

     “Intercreditor Parity Lien Cap” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (1) the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued on the Issue Date (excluding any Additional Notes) plus (2) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1), plus (3) after the Discharge of Parity Lien Obligations
        in respect of the Credit Agreement or in the event that the requisite amount of lenders under the Credit Agreement otherwise approve in writing, the amount of Parity Lien Debt that may be incurred by the Company or any of the Guarantors such that,
        after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence and the application of net proceeds therefrom, the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 4.50 to 1.0 plus (4) after the Discharge of
        Parity Lien Obligations in respect of the Credit Agreement or in the event that the requisite amount of lenders under the Credit Agreement otherwise approve in writing, $15.0 million.

     “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extensions of credit (other than
        advances or extensions of credit to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business, and excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit other than a time deposit) or
        capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or the Incurrence of a Guarantee of any obligation of, or any purchase or acquisition
        of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such other Persons and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared on the basis of GAAP; provided,
          however, that endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business will not be deemed to be an Investment. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, sells or otherwise disposes of any Capital
        Stock of a Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect thereto, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person remaining after giving effect
        thereto will be deemed to be a new Investment at such time.

     For
        purposes of Section 4.07 and 4.19 hereof:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity
                interest in a Restricted Subsidiary to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an
                Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to
                continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the
                Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so
                re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good
                faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

            

    

     “Investment Grade Status” shall occur when the Notes receive both of the following:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              a rating of “BBB-” or higher from S&P; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              a rating of “Baa3” or higher from Moody’s;

            

    

    or the equivalent of such rating by either such rating organization or, if no rating of Moody’s or S&P then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any other Nationally Recognized Statistical
      Ratings Organization.

     “Issue Date” means November 9, 2020.

     “Leaseholds” of any Person shall mean all the right, title and interest of such Person as lessee or licensee in, to and under leases or licenses of land, improvements
        and/or fixtures.

     “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.  If a
        payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

     “Leverage Ratio” as of any date of determination, means the ratio of:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              Consolidated Net Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time of determination, to

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the Company’s Consolidated Cash Flow for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which financial statements are available immediately preceding the date
                on which such event for which such calculation is being made shall occur;

            

    

    provided, however, that:

    (a) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred, repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains
        outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio involves an Incurrence, repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement, defeasement or other discharge of Indebtedness,
        Indebtedness at the end of such period, Consolidated Cash Flow and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase, redemption, retirement,
        defeasement or other discharge of Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred or repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged on the first day of such period; provided,
          however, that the pro forma calculation shall not give effect to any Indebtedness Incurred on such date of determination pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09(b) hereof:

    (b) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of or discontinued any company, division, operating unit, segment,
        business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes such an Asset Disposition, Consolidated Cash Flow, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such
        period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Asset Disposition, sale or discontinuation occurred on the first day of such period.

    (c) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a
        Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which
        constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business or group of related assets or line of business or entered a new or otherwise amended the terms of any affiliation agreement prior to the date that is the
        six-month anniversary of the Issue Date providing for the transmission or distribution of content from TV One (including the Affiliation Agreement), Consolidated Cash Flow, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be
        calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment, execution or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and

     

      

    
      10

      
        

    

    (d) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such
        period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (c) above if made by the Company or
        a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated Cash Flow, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such
        period.

    The pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company (and may include the reductions in net costs and
      expenses or other operating improvements that are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable resulting from such transaction which is being given pro forma effect that have been realized or are reasonably anticipated by such responsible
      financial or accounting Officer to be realized within 18 months after the date of such transaction). If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be
      calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any interest rate agreement applicable to such Indebtedness).

     “License” shall mean as to any Person, any license, permit, certificate of need, authorization, certification, accreditation, franchise, approval, or grant of rights by any Governmental Authority or other Person
        necessary or appropriate for such Person to own, maintain, or operate its business or property, including FCC Licenses. “License” shall not include licenses with respect to intellectual property.

     “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

     “Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation” means:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              as to any Series of Parity Lien Debt, the written agreement of the Parity Lien Representative of such Series of Parity Lien Debt and holders of such Series of Parity
                Lien Debt or as set forth in the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Parity Lien Debt, for the benefit of all holders of Parity Lien Debt, all holders of ABL Debt, the ABL Collateral Agent and each then
                present or future Parity Lien Representative:

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              that all Parity Lien Obligations will be and are secured equally and ratably by all Parity Liens at any time granted by the Company or any Guarantor to secure any
                Obligations in respect of such Series of Parity Lien Debt, whether or not upon property otherwise constituting Collateral, and that all such Parity Liens will be enforceable by the applicable Parity Lien Representative for the benefit of
                all holders of Parity Lien Obligations equally and ratably;

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              that the holders of Obligations in respect of such Series of Parity Lien Debt are bound by the provisions of the intercreditor agreements, including the provisions
                relating to the ranking of Parity Liens and the order of application of proceeds from enforcement of Parity Liens; and

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              consenting to the terms of the intercreditor agreements and the applicable representative’s performance of, and directing the applicable representative to perform, its
                obligations under the intercreditor agreements; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              as to the ABL Debt, the written agreement of the collateral agent or other representative with respect to the ABL Debt, the holders of the ABL Debt or as set forth in
                the credit agreement, indenture or other agreement governing the ABL Debt, for the benefit of all holders of Parity Lien Debt, all holders of ABL Debt, the ABL Collateral Agent and each then present or future Parity Lien Representative,
                that the holders of Obligations in respect of the ABL Debt are bound by the provisions of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement.

            

    

     “Management Advances” means loans or advances made to, or Guarantees with respect to loans or advances made to, directors, officers, employees or consultants of any Parent Company, the Company or any Restricted
        Subsidiary:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              (a) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving related expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business or (b) for purposes of funding any such Person’s purchase
                of Capital Stock (or similar obligations) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company with (in the case of this subclause (b)) the approval of the Board of Directors;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              in respect of moving related expenses Incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility or office; or

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              not exceeding $1.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

            

    

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

     “National Harbor Project” means MGM Resorts International’s proposed National Harbor Resort Hotel Casino project in Prince George’s County, Maryland.

     “Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 436 under the Securities Act.

     “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise
        and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or
        other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all Taxes, paid or reasonably
                estimated to be required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any otherwise available tax credits or deductions of the Company (or any of their Subsidiaries) and any tax sharing agreements), as a
                consequence of such Asset Disposition;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets (other
                than Liens or the Collateral securing the Credit Agreement), or which by applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders (other than any Parent Company, the Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries)
                in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the deduction of appropriate amounts required to be provided by the seller as a reserve, on the basis of GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets
                disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition.

            

    

     

      

    
      11

      
        

    

     “Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees,
        underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually Incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such
        issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements).

     “Non-Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

     “Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that
                would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary)
                would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of such
                other Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              as to which the holders of such Indebtedness do not otherwise have recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

            

    

     “Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

     “Note Documents” means the Notes (including Additional Notes), the Guarantees, this Indenture and the Security Documents.

     “Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

     “Notes Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement, substantially in the form attached to this Indenture and with such changes, amendments or modifications that are not materially adverse to
        noteholders which agreement will be dated as of the Issue Date and will govern the rights as among the Trustee and the trustee under the indenture relating to the 7.375% Notes in the Collateral Proceeds.

     “Notes Obligations” means Obligations in respect of the Notes and this Indenture, including for the avoidance of doubt, Obligations in respect of guarantees thereof.

     “Notes Priority Collateral” means all assets of the Company and the Guarantors other than (a) the Excluded Assets and (b) the ABL Priority Collateral.

     “Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture.  The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the
        context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

     “Notes Priority Collateral Proceeds Account” means any deposit account or securities account established by the Company or any Guarantor in accordance with the requirements of the covenant set forth in Section
        4.10 hereof and which does not contain proceeds of Loans (as such term or similar term is defined in the ABL Credit Facility) or ABL Priority Collateral and which has been identified to the ABL Collateral Agent as such on or before the time that
        proceeds from any sale of Notes Priority Collateral shall be deposited.

     “Obligations” means any principal, premium, if any, interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization,
        whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding), penalties, fees, charges, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursement obligations, damages, guarantees, and other liabilities or amounts payable under the documentation
        governing any Indebtedness or in respect thereto.

     “Offering Memorandum” means the Company’s offering memorandum and consent solicitation statement dated October 2, 2020 relating to the offering of the Initial Notes.

     “Officer” means, with respect to any Person, (1) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Administrative Officer, the
        Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity, or
        (2) any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors of such Person.

     “Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to any Person, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

     “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or its Subsidiaries.

     “Parent Company” means any Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of the Company.

     “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company which ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantor if such Guarantee ranks equally in right
        of payment to the Guarantees of the Notes.

     “Parity Lien” means a Lien granted under or pursuant to a Parity Lien Document, at any time, upon any property of the Company or any Guarantor to secure Parity Lien Obligations.

     “Parity Lien Claimholders” means, at any relevant time, the holders of Parity Lien Obligations at that time, including the holders of the Notes, the lenders under the Credit Agreement, the holders of other Parity
        Lien Debt, the Parity Debt Collateral Agents, the Trustee, the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement and any other Parity Lien Representative, under the Parity Lien Documents.

     

      

    
      12

      
        

    

     “Parity Lien Debt” means:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the Notes initially issued by the Company under this Indenture together with the related Note Guarantees thereof and any 7.375% Notes that remain outstanding on the
                Issue Date;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              any Additional Notes under this Indenture if the issuance thereof is permitted by each Secured Document;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              the loans initially made by the lenders under the Credit Agreement, plus any additional loans made by the lenders under the Credit Agreement after the Issue Date in
                accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof, in each case together with the related guarantees thereof,

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              additional notes issued under any indenture or other Indebtedness (including letters of credit and reimbursement obligations with respect thereto) of the Company under
                any Additional Parity Lien Debt Facility that was permitted to be Incurred and so secured under each Secured Document, and guarantees (including Note Guarantees) thereof; provided, in the case of any additional notes, guarantees or other Indebtedness referred to in this clause (4), that:

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              on or before the date on which such additional notes are issued or Indebtedness is incurred by the Company or guarantees Incurred by such Guarantor or the Company, such
                additional notes, guarantees or other Indebtedness, as applicable, is designated by the Company, in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, as “Parity Lien Debt” for the purposes of this Indenture; provided that no Indebtedness may be designated as both ABL Debt and Parity Lien Debt;

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              such additional notes, guarantees or other Indebtedness is governed by an indenture or a credit agreement, as applicable, or other agreement that provides that the
                Liens securing such Obligations are shared equally and ratably among Holders of Parity Lien Debt (unless the Notes have been discharged); and

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              all requirements set forth in the intercreditor agreements as to the confirmation, grant or perfection of the Parity Lien Representative’s Lien to secure such
                additional notes, guarantees or other Indebtedness or Obligations in respect thereof are satisfied (and the satisfaction of such requirements and the other provisions of this clause (c) will be conclusively established for purposes of this
                Indenture if the Company delivers to the Applicable Parity Lien Representative and the ABL Collateral Agent an additional secured debt designation stating that such requirements and other provisions have been satisfied and that such notes,
                guarantees or other Indebtedness is “Parity Lien Debt”); and

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              Hedging Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor Incurred in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that:

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              on or before or within thirty (30) days after the date on which such Hedging Obligations are Incurred by the Company or such Guarantor (or on or within thirty (30) days
                after the date of this Indenture for Hedging Obligations in existence on the date of this Indenture), such Hedging Obligations are designated by the Company in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, as “Parity Lien Debt” for the
                purposes of this Indenture;

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              the counterparty in respect of such Hedging Obligations, in its capacity as a holder or beneficiary of such Parity Lien, executes and delivers a joinder to the
                intercreditor agreements in accordance with the terms thereof or otherwise becomes subject to the terms of the intercreditor agreements; and

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              all other requirements set forth in the intercreditor agreements have been complied with (and the satisfaction of such requirements will be conclusively established for
                purposes of this Indenture if the Company delivers to the Applicable Parity Lien Representative and the ABL Collateral Agent an additional secured debt designation stating that such requirements and other provisions have been satisfied and
                that such Hedging Obligations are “Parity Lien Debt”);

            

    

    provided that if the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness outstanding under clauses
      (1), (2), (3), (4) and (5) exceeds the Intercreditor Parity Lien Cap, only that portion of the principal amount of the Debt up to the Intercreditor Parity Lien Cap shall constitute Parity Lien Debt under the intercreditor agreement and only interest
      and reimbursement obligations in respect of the principal amount of Intercreditor Parity Lien Debt so included shall constitute Parity Lien Debt; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, if at the time of incurrence such Indebtedness constitutes Parity Lien Debt, any subsequent reduction in the Parity Lien Cap
      shall not cause such outstanding Indebtedness to cease to be deemed Parity Lien Debt for purposes of the intercreditor agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, any Indebtedness not constituting Parity Lien Debt, and any interest or reimbursement
      obligation in respect thereof, shall not constitute Parity Lien Obligations; provided, further, no additional Indebtedness incurred after the Issue Date under clauses (2), (4) and (5) above shall constitute “Parity Lien Debt” hereunder unless it is permitted to be incurred by the Company and/or the applicable
      Guarantor under the Secured Documents then in effect (including, as applicable, this Indenture).

        “Parity Lien Default” means an “Event of Default’’ (as defined in any of the Parity Lien Documents).

     “Parity Lien Documents” means the Note Documents, the “Credit Documents” as defined in the Credit Agreement and any additional indenture, credit facility or other agreement pursuant to which any Parity Lien Debt
        is Incurred and the security documentation related thereto (other than any security documentation that does not secure Parity Lien Obligations), as each may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms of the
        Intercreditor Agreements.

     “Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement, dated as of April 17, 2015, with the Company, the Guarantors, the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement, the collateral agent
        under the indenture relating to the 7.375% Notes, the trustee under the indenture relating to the 7.375% Notes, the collateral agent under the Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement Collateral Agent” and
        together with the Notes Collateral Agent, the “Parity Debt Collateral Agents”), with such changes, amendments or modifications that are not materially adverse to noteholders, which governs the rights as
        among the Parity Lien Representatives in the Collateral.

     “Parity Lien Obligations” means Parity Lien Debt and all other Obligations in respect thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness for borrowed money constituting
        principal outstanding under the Parity Lien Documents is in excess of the Intercreditor Parity Lien Cap at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, then only that portion of such Indebtedness equal to the Intercreditor Parity Lien Cap at the time
        such Indebtedness is incurred shall be included in Parity Lien Obligations and interest and reimbursement obligations with respect to such Indebtedness shall only constitute Parity Lien Obligations to the extent related to Indebtedness included in
        the Parity Lien Obligations. “Parity Lien Obligations” shall include all interest accrued or accruing (or which would, absent commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, accrue) after commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation
        Proceeding in accordance with the rate specified in the relevant Parity Lien Document whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed in such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

     “Parity Lien Representative” means (1) the Trustee, in the case of the Notes, (2) the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement, in the case of the Credit Agreement and the obligations thereunder or (3) in
        the case of any other Series of Parity Lien Debt, the trustee, agent or representative of the holders of such Series of Parity Lien Debt who is appointed as a representative of such Series of Parity Lien Debt (for purposes related to the  administration of the security documentation) pursuant to the indenture, credit agreement or other agreement governing such Series of Parity Lien Debt, in each case, together with any successor thereto and
        “Parity Lien Representatives” shall mean, collectively, each Parity Lien Representative. In the event that there is more than one Parity Lien Representative, such Parity Lien Representatives shall enter into a Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

     “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include
        Euroclear and Clearstream).

     “Permitted Asset Swap” means the concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of assets used or useful in a Permitted Business or a combination of such assets and cash, Cash Equivalents between the Company or any of
        its Restricted Subsidiaries and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in excess of the value of any cash or Cash Equivalents sold or exchanged must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof; provided further that the assets received are pledged as Collateral to the extent required by the Security Documents (except to the extent the Lien thereon is released by the lenders under the Credit Agreement)
        to the extent that the assets disposed of constituted Collateral.

     “Permitted Business” means any business engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business reasonably related, ancillary, supportive or complementary thereto
        (including, without limitation, any media or entertainment related business), in each case, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     

      

    
      13

      
        

    

     “Permitted Group” means any investor that is a Beneficial Owner of Voting Stock of the Company or any Parent Company and that is also a party to a stockholders’ agreement with any of the Principals or their
        Related Parties and any group of investors that is deemed to be a “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) by virtue of any such stockholders’ agreement; provided that the Principals and their Related Parties continue
        to collectively Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, at all times more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company or Parent Company, as applicable, and the ability to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or
        Parent Company (without giving effect to any Voting Stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the Principals and their Related Parties pursuant to Rule 13d-3 or 13d-5 under the Exchange Act).

     “Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries):

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any
                such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged in any Permitted Business and as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged, consolidated or
                otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              Investments in payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting
                purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              Management Advances;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in exchange for any
                other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization
                or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              Investments made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from a sale or other disposition of property or assets, including an Asset Disposition;

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              Investments existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided
                that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

            

    

    
      	
              (10)

            	
              Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (11)

            	
              pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or Liens otherwise described in the definition of
                “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted by Section 4.12 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (12)

            	
              any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock of any Parent Company as consideration;

            

    

    
      	
              (13)

            	
              any transaction to the extent constituting an Investment that is permitted and made in accordance with Section 4.11(b) hereof (except those described in clauses (1),
                (3), (6), (7), (8) and (11) thereof);

            

    

    
      	
              (14)

            	
              Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in any case, in the
                ordinary course of business and in accordance with this Indenture;

            

    

    
      	
              (15)

            	
               (i) Guarantees not prohibited by Section 4.09 hereof and (other than with respect to Indebtedness) guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary
                course of business, and (ii) performance guarantees with respect to obligations Incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are permitted by this Indenture;

            

    

    
      	
              (16)

            	
              Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not
                otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

            

    

    
      	
              (17)

            	
              Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into the Company or merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary
                after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

            

    

    
      	
              (18)

            	
              Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

            

    

    
      	
              (19)

            	
              contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of the Company;

            

    

    
      	
              (20)

            	
              Investments in support of or in connection with the National Harbor Project in an amount not to exceed $35.0 million;

            

    

    
      	
              (21)

            	
              [RESERVED]; and

            

    

    
      	
              (22)

            	
              additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (22) that are at that time
                outstanding, not to exceed $15.0 million (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) plus the amount of any distributions, dividends, payments or
                other returns in respect of such Investments (without duplication for purposes of Section 4.07 hereof of any amounts applied pursuant to clause (C) of Section 4.07(a)); provided that if such Investment is in Capital Stock of a Person that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed permitted under clause (1) or (2) above and shall not be
                included as having been made pursuant to this clause (22).

            

    

     

      

    
      14

      
        

    

     “Permitted Liens” means:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              Liens securing Indebtedness (including additional Parity Lien Obligations) incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1), and all other Obligations related to such
                Indebtedness;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              Liens in favor of the Company or the Guarantors;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              Liens on property or assets of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or on
                property or assets acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and in each case not created or incurred in anticipation of such transaction), including Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to
                Section 4.09(b)(6) hereof; provided that such Liens are not extended to the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than
                the property or assets acquired;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              Liens to secure Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money debt permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(8) hereof covering only
                the assets financed by or acquired with such Indebtedness (and the proceeds thereof);

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary
                course of business;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause (1) above and (15) below);

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the
                ordinary course of business;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously so secured; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the
                same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, was required to secure and under this
                Indenture was permitted to secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced;

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              any Lien incurred in the ordinary course of business incidental to the conduct of the business of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the ownership of their
                property (including (a) easements, rights of way and similar encumbrances or zoning or similar restrictions which do not individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of such property or materially impair the
                operation of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary, (b) rights or title of lessors under leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), (c) rights of collecting banks having rights of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback
                with respect to money or instruments of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries on deposit with or in the possession of such banks, (d) Liens imposed by law for sums not yet due or the validity of which are being contested in good faith
                by appropriate proceedings, promptly instituted and diligently conducted and which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien, and for which adequate reserves have
                been established to the extent required by GAAP, including Liens under workers’ compensation or similar legislation and mechanics’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and vendors’ Liens, (e) Liens arising under licensing
                agreements and (f) Liens incurred to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, worker’s compensation, performance or return of money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and
                incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice);

            

    

    
      	
              (10)

            	
              Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges not yet due or the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, promptly
                instituted and diligently conducted and which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to any such Lien, and for which adequate reserves have been established to the extent required
                by GAAP as in effect at such time;

            

    

    
      	
              (11)

            	
              any Lien (including put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar
                agreement;

            

    

    
      	
              (12)

            	
              Liens securing judgments not constituting a Default or an Event of Default;

            

    

    
      	
              (13)

            	
              Liens on cash, Cash Equivalents or other property arising in connection with the defeasance or discharge of Indebtedness; provided that such defeasance or discharge is
                not prohibited by this Indenture;

            

    

    
      	
              (14)

            	
              Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company with respect to Indebtedness that does not exceed $15.0
                million at any one time outstanding (including additional Parity Lien Obligations and first priority Liens on ABL Priority Collateral and second priority Liens on Notes Collateral;

            

    

    
      	
              (15)

            	
              Liens securing the 7.375% Notes and the Notes; and

            

    

    
      	
              (16)

            	
              first priority Liens on ABL Priority Collateral and second priority Liens on Notes Collateral securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (2) of the second
                paragraph of Section 4.09 hereof, and all other Obligations related to such Indebtedness.

            

    

     

    
      15

      
        

    

    “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political
        subdivision thereof or any other entity.

     “Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of
        assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

     “Principal” means Catherine L. Hughes and Alfred C. Liggins, III.

     “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

     “Purchase Agreement” means that Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 11, 2015, by and among the Company, ROCH, TV One and Comcast Programming Ventures V, LLC (“Comcast”) providing for the acquisition by
        ROCH of all of Comcast’s Equity Interests in TV One, as may be amended from time to time.

     “Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (including Capital Stock), and
        whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

     “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

     “Refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and
        the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

        “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) any
      Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances
      Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness including, in each case, Indebtedness Incurred to pay fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses
      Incurred in connection with such refinancing; provided, however, that:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              if the Indebtedness being refinanced constitutes Subordinated Indebtedness, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such
                Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is the same as or greater than the final Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or, if less, the Notes and such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes
                on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              shall not include:

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
                Stock of the Company or a Guarantor; or

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an
                Unrestricted Subsidiary.

            

    

      “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Regulation S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in
        the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

     “Related Party” means:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              any 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary or immediate family member of any Principal; or

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or Persons Beneficially Owning an 80% or more controlling
                interest of such entit(ies) consists of any one or more Principals and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).

            

    

     “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) or any other officer of the Trustee
        customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture, any other officer to whom such matter is referred
        because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

     “Restricted” means, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents (i) appears (or would be required to appear) as “restricted”
        on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company or of any such Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) are subject to any Lien (other than inchoate or banker’s Liens).

     “Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

     “Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

     “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

     “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     “ROCH” means Radio One Cable Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor entity.

     “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Investors Ratings Services or any of its successors or assigns that is a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

     “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be
        sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.

     “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

     

      

    
      16

      
        

    

     “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien.

     “Secured Documents” means the Parity Lien Documents and the ABL Loan Documents.

     “Security Documents” means the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes Intercreditor Agreement, each Lien Sharing and Priority Confirmation, and all security agreements,
        pledge agreements, mortgages, deeds to secure debt, deeds of trust, collateral assignments, collateral agency agreements, debentures, control agreements or other grants or transfers for security executed and delivered by the Company or any
        Guarantor creating (or purporting to create) a Lien upon Collateral in favor of the Trustee or a collateral agent, in each case, as amended, modified, renewed, restated or replaced, in whole or in part, from time to time, in accordance with its
        terms and the provisions described in Sections 9.01 and 9.02 of this Indenture.

    “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
      regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, as amended.

     “Series of Parity Lien Debt” means, severally, the Notes and any additional notes, any Credit Facility (other than the ABL Credit Facility) or other Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations that constitutes Parity
        Lien Debt. All Parity Lien Obligations secured under the same Secured Document shall constitute a single Series of Parity Lien Debt.

     “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such
        regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

     “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any
        mandatory redemption provision, but shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

     “Station” shall mean a radio or television station operated to broadcast commercial radio or television programming over signals within a specified geographic area.

     “Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, any Indebtedness (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to, in the case
        of the Company, the Notes or, in the case of a Guarantor, the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor, pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of
                the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled,
                directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or
                controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise; and

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

            

    

     “Taxes” means all present and future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, duties and withholdings and any charges of a similar nature (including interest, penalties and other liabilities with respect
        thereto) that are imposed by any government or other taxing authority.

     “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided, however,
        that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

     “Total Assets” mean, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and
        its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis in a manner consistent with the pro forma basis contained in the definition of Leverage Ratio.

     “Transactions” mean all transactions by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to effect (i) the exchange of its outstanding 7.375% Notes for the Notes; (ii) the amendment of the
        Unsecured Term Loan Agreement; (iii) the amendment to the indenture relating to the 7.375% Notes; (iv) the execution of all related and ancillary documents, certificates, instruments and other agreements in connection with any of the foregoing
        transactions; and (v) the payment of all costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing transactions.

     “Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical
        Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such statistical release is not so published or available, any publicly available source
        of similar market data selected by the Company in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to April 15, 2018; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to
        April 15, 2018 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from
        the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to such applicable date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United
        States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

     “TV One” means TV One, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor entity (including by way of merger, consolidation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of TV One and its
        Subsidiaries, if any, taken as a whole).

     “Unrestricted” means, when referring to cash or Cash Equivalents of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, that such cash or Cash Equivalents are not Restricted.

     “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Board Resolution, but only to the
                extent that such Subsidiary:

            

    

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such
                agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional
                Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

            

    

     

    

    
      17

      
        

    

    Any future designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee the board resolution giving effect
      to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the preceding
      requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary then such Unrestricted Subsidiary will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for all purposes of this Indenture, including that any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred
      by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date and any Lien of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as of such date, and if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be incurred as of such
      date pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof or such Lien is not permitted to be incurred as of such date under the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof then, in either case, the Company will be in default of such covenant.

        “Unsecured Term Loan Agreement” means the Credit Agreement dated December 4, 2018, as amended from time to time, among the Company, the lenders signatory thereto, Wilmington Trust, National
      Association, as administrative agent and TCG Senior Funding L.L.C., as sole lead arrange and sole bookrunner.

     “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person
        controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either
        case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government
        Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not
        authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the
        U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depositary receipt.

     “U.S. Person” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

     “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors.

     “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or
                redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the sum of all such payments.

            

    

     “Wholly Owned Domestic Subsidiary” means a Domestic Subsidiary of the Company, all of the Capital Stock of which is owned by the Company or a Guarantor.

     “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary in which 90% or more of the outstanding Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals under
        applicable law) are owned by the Company or another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and any other outstanding Equity Interests are owned by officers, directors or employees of such Restricted Subsidiary.

    Section 1.02 Other Definitions.

    	
            Term

          	
            Defined in Section

          
	
            “Affiliate Transaction” 

          	
            4.11

          
	
            “Asset Disposition Offer” 

          	
            3.09

          
	
            “Authentication Order” 

          	
            2.02

          
	
            “Change of Control Offer” 

          	
            4.15

          
	
            “Change of Control Payment” 

          	
            4.15

          
	
            “Change of Control Payment Date” 

          	
            4.15

          
	
            “Covenant Defeasance” 

          	
            8.03

          
	
            “Event of Default” 

          	
            6.01

          
	
            “Excess Proceeds” 

          	
            4.10

          
	
            “Initial Agreement” 

          	
            4.08

          
	
            “Initial Default” 

          	
            6.01

          
	
            “Initial Mortgage Property” 

          	
            10.09

          
	
            “Legal Defeasance” 

          	
            8.02

          
	
            “Offer Amount” 

          	
            3.09

          
	
            “Offer Period” 

          	
            3.09

          
	
            “Paying Agent” 

          	
            2.03

          
	
            “Permitted Indebtedness” 

          	
            4.09

          
	
            “payment default” 

          	
            6.01

          
	
            “Permitted Payments” 

          	
            4.07

          
	
            “Purchase Date” 

          	
            3.09

          
	
            “Registrar” 

          	
            2.03

          
	
            “Required Reports” 

          	
            4.03

          
	
            “Required Filing Dates” 

          	
            4.03

          
	
            “Restricted Payments” 

          	
            4.07

          
	
            “Reversion Date” 

          	
            4.19

          
	
            “Successor Company” 

          	
            5.01

          
	
            “Suspended Covenants” 

          	
            4.19

          
	
            “Suspension Period” 

          	
            4.19

          
	
            “U.S.A. Patriot Act” 

          	
            13.13

          

    

    

     

      

    
      18

      
        

    

    Section 1.03 Rules of Construction.

    Unless the context otherwise requires:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              a term has the meaning assigned to it;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              “or” is not exclusive;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              “including” is not limiting;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules
                adopted by the SEC from time to time; and

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              the words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Indenture or any document to be signed
                in connection with this Indenture shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed
                signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means; provided that notwithstanding
                anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee is under no obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee pursuant to reasonable procedures approved by the Trustee.

            

    

     

      

    
      19

      
        

    

     

      

    ARTICLE 2

        THE NOTES

    Section 2.01 Form and Dating.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              General.  The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be
                substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be in minimum
                denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

            

    

    The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their
      execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this
      Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              Global Notes.  Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of
                Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but
                without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto).  Each Global Note will represent such of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall
                provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or
                increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions.  Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby will be made by
                the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable.  The provisions of the “Operating
                Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial
                interests in the Regulation S Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

            

    

    Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication.

    At least one Officer must sign the Notes for the Company by manual, facsimile or electronic signature.

    If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

    A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.  The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this
      Indenture.

    The Trustee will, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by two Officers (an “Authentication
        Order”), authenticate Notes for original issue that may be validly issued under this Indenture, including any Additional Notes.  The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of
      Notes authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

    The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes.  An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. 
      Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

    Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent.

    The Company will maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”).  The Registrar will keep a register of
      the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying
      agent.  The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Company fails to appoint or
      maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

    The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with
      respect to the Global Notes.

    The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

    Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

    The Company will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money
      held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment.  While any such default continues, the Trustee may
      require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a
      Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money.  If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent.  Upon any
      bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee will serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

    Section 2.05 Holder Lists.

    The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders.  If the Trustee is not
      the Registrar, the Company will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably
      require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes.

    Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.  A Global Note may not be transferred except
                as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such
                successor Depositary.  All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes if:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it is no longer a clearing agency
                registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to
                such effect to the Trustee; or

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              there has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes and Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the
                outstanding Notes so request.

            

    

     

    

    
      20

      
        

    

    Upon the occurrence of either of the preceding events in (1) or (2) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee.  Global
      Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof.  Except as provided in this Section 2.06, every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion
      thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section
      2.06(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes.  The transfer
                and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.  Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any duty
                to monitor compliance with the requirements or conditions for effecting transfers of beneficial interests within a Global Note.  Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to
                those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act.  Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the
                other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note.  Beneficial interests in
                any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement
                Legend.  Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  No written orders or instructions shall be required
                to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.  In
                connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              both:

            

    

    
      	
              (i)

            	
              a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or
                cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

            

    

    
      	
              (ii)

            	
              instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              both:

            

    

    
      	
              (i)

            	
              a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to
                be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

            

    

    
      	
              (ii)

            	
              instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the
                transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above.

            

    

    Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities
      Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note.  A beneficial
                interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2)
                above and the Registrar receives the following:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit
                B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
                Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit
                B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial
                  Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.  A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes
                delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
                Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
                form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

            

    

    and, in each such case, if the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
      compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

    If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in
      accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred.

     

    

    
      21

      
        

    

    Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a
      Restricted Global Note.

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  If
                any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
                Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from
                such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
                certifications in item (1) thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect
                set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (D)

            	
              if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a
                certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (E)

            	
              if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed
                in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

            

    

    
      	
              (F)

            	
              if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
                certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

            

    

    
      	
              (G)

            	
              if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in
                Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

            

    

    the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee
      shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section
      2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect
      Participant.  The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section
      2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. 
                A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an
                Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
                from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the
                form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

            

    

     

    

    
      22

      
        

    

    and, in each such case, if the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
      compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. 
                If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
                Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to
                Section 2.06(g) hereof, and the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
                for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the
                Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant.  The Trustee will deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.  Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a
                beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes.  If
                any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a
                beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in
                the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
                certifications in item (1) thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the
                effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (D)

            	
              if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a
                certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (E)

            	
              if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those
                listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

            

    

    
      	
              (F)

            	
              if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including
                the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

            

    

    
      	
              (G)

            	
              if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth
                in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

            

    

    the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate
      Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. 
                A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
                in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the
                form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the
                Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

            

    

    and, in each such case, if the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
      compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

    Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the
      aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. 
                A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an
                Unrestricted Global Note at any time.  Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of
                one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

            

    

     

    

    
      23

      
        

    

    If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will
      issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so
      transferred.

    
      	
              (e)

            	
              Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes.  Upon request by a
                Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.  Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the
                requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly
                authorized in writing.  In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted
                Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
                (1) thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the
                certifications in item (2) thereof; and

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in
                the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  Any Restricted
                Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the
                following:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of
                Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive
                Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

            

    

    and, in each such case, if the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in
      compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes.  A Holder of
                Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.  Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the
                Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

            

    

    
      	
              (f)

            	
              Legends.  The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and
                Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              Private Placement Legend.

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear
                the legend in substantially the following form:

            

    

    “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
      TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER

    (1) REPRESENTS THAT

    (A) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
      ACT) AND THAT IT EXERCISES SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION WITH RESPECT TO EACH SUCH ACCOUNT, OR

    (B) IT AND ANY ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT IS ACTING IS AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SEC RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3)
      OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES OF $250,000,
      OR

    (C) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND

    (2) AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, EXCEPT IN
      ACCORDANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND ONLY

    (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS DIRECT OR INDIRECT PARENT,

    (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

    (C) TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT,

    (D) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR

    (E) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE
      REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

    PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(C) ABOVE OR (2)(D) ABOVE, A DULY COMPLETED AND SIGNED CERTIFICATE (THE
      FORM OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE. PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH (2)(E) ABOVE, THE COMPANY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS
      OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY RULE
      144 EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.”

     

    

    
      24

      
        

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this
                Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              Global Note Legend.  Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the
                following form:

            

    

    “THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO
      ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF
      THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

    UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A
      NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.  UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
      REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR
      SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE
      OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

    
      	
              (g)

            	
              Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes.  At such time as all beneficial
                interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and
                canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof.  At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a
                beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
                Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global
                Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

            

    

    
      	
              (h)

            	
              General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an
                Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              No service charge will be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange,
                but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or
                transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 and 9.05 hereof).

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any
                Note being redeemed in part.

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the
                Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              Neither the Registrar nor the Company will be required:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for
                redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is
                registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the
                contrary.

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or
                exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. Neither the Company, the Trustee nor
                any Agent shall have any responsibility or obligation to any Beneficial Owner in a Global Note, a Participant, an Indirect Participant or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any
                Participant, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any Participant, Indirect Participant, Beneficial Owner or other Person (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount,
                under or with respect to such Notes. The rights of Beneficial Owners in a Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary, subject to the Applicable Procedures. The Company, the Trustee, and any Agent shall be entitled to rely
                and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to their members, participants and any Beneficial Owners. The Company, the Trustee and the Agents shall be entitled to deal with the
                Depositary, and any nominee thereof, that is the registered Holder of any Global Note for all purposes of this Indenture relating to such Global Note (including the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest, and the giving of
                instructions or directions by or to the owner or Holder of a Beneficial Ownership interest in such Global Note) as the sole Holder of such Global Note and shall have no obligations to the Beneficial Owners thereof.

            

    

    Section 2.07 Replacement Notes.

    If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the
      Company will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met.  If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that
      is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Company may charge for its expenses in
      replacing a Note.

    Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes
      duly issued hereunder.

     

    

    
      25

      
        

    

    Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes.

    The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the
      interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding.  Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the
      Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; however, Notes held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07 hereof.

    If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a
      protected purchaser.

    If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

    If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on
      that date, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.

    Section 2.09 Treasury Notes.

    In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Guarantor, or
      by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company or any Guarantor, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the
      Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

    Section 2.10 Temporary Notes.

    Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary
      Notes.  Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  Without unreasonable delay, the
      Company will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

    Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

    Section 2.11 Cancellation.

    The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for
      registration of transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will destroy canceled Notes (subject to the record
      retention requirements of the Exchange Act and the Trustee).  Certification of the destruction of all canceled Notes will be delivered to the Company upon its request therefor.  The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or
      that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

    Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest.

    If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the
      defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.  The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest
      proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment.  The Company will fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided
      that no such special record date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest.  At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the
      name and at the expense of the Company) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

     

    

    
      26

      
        

    

    ARTICLE 3

        REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

    Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee.

    If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60
      days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the redemption date;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed; and

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the redemption price.

            

    

    Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or
        Purchased.

    If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee (or Registrar if other than the Trustee) will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the
      requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, as certified in writing to the Trustee by the Company, and in compliance with the requirements of DTC, or if the Notes are not so listed or such exchange
      prescribes no method of selection and the Notes are not held through DTC or DTC prescribes no method of selection, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no
      Note of $2,000 in aggregate principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.

    If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed, in which
      case a portion of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. In the case of a Global Note, an appropriate notation will be made on such Note to decrease the principal amount thereof to
      an amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof. Subject to the terms of the applicable redemption notice (including any conditions contained therein), Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after the
      redemption date, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

    The Trustee will promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase,
      the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased.  Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum denominations of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed
      or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to
      portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

    Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption.

    Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, notices of redemption will be delivered by the Company electronically or mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more
      than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder to be redeemed at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, except that redemption notices may be delivered
      electronically or mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 hereof.

    The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the redemption date;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the redemption price;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note,
                a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the name and address of the Paying Agent;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              whether the redemption is conditioned on any events and what such conditions are.

            

    

    At the Company’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however,
      that the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the
      preceding paragraph.

    Any redemption and notice of redemption may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to,
      consummation of any related Equity Offering. In addition, if such redemption or notice. is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed
      until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the redemption date, or by the
      redemption date so delayed.

    Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

    Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the
      redemption price, subject to the satisfaction of any condition set forth in the notice of redemption.

     

    

    
      27

      
        

    

    Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

    Prior to the redemption or purchase date, the Company will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and
      accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.  The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts
      necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

    If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions
      of Notes called for redemption or purchase.  If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name
      such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding
      paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes
      and in Section 4.01 hereof.

    Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

    Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder
      at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.

    Section 3.07 Optional Redemption.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              The Company may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of
                the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest will be paid
                to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Company.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the
                applicable redemption date.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

            

    

    Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c) below, the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              Within 90 days after the Issue Date the Company will repurchase or repay (pursuant to a tender offer but not through open market purchases) or redeem $15.0 million
                aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a purchase price or redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the expiration date of the tender offer or the redemption date,
                as applicable; provided that (i) the delivery of an irrevocable notice of redemption and (ii) the Company depositing or causing to be deposited with the Trustee, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, as applicable,
                the principal and interest on which will be sufficient to pay and discharge such Notes, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the redemption date, in each case, prior to the expiration of such 90 day period shall constitute a
                redemption of the aggregate principal amount of notes specified in such notice for the purposes of this sentence.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              Within 5 business days after each Excess Cash Flow Calculation Date, the Company shall (i) issue an irrevocable notice of redemption to redeem an aggregate principal
                amount of notes equal to 50% of the Excess Cash Flow for the related Excess Cash Flow Calculation Period (each such redemption a “Mandatory Excess Cash Flow Redemption”) and (ii) deposit or cause to
                be deposited with the Trustee, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, as applicable, the principal and interest on which will be sufficient to pay and discharge such Notes, for principal, premium, if any, and
                interest to the redemption date; provided that repurchases, repayments or redemption of Notes with internally generated funds during the applicable Excess Cash Flow Calculation Period shall reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis the amount of
                such Mandatory Excess Cash Flow Redemption otherwise required on the applicable Excess Cash Flow Calculation Date. Any Mandatory Excess Cash Flow Redemption shall be at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes
                plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, and the redemption date for each Mandatory Excess Cash Flow Redemption shall be the 30th day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business
                Day) after the date the related notice of redemption is delivered electronically or mailed by first class mail. For the avoidance of doubt, the term Excess Cash Flow shall be read, defined, construed and applied in a manner at all times
                consistent as such term is read, defined, construed and applied in the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date.

            

    

    Section 3.09 Offer to Purchase by Application of
        Excess Proceeds.

    In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes (an “Asset
        Disposition Offer”), it will follow the procedures specified below.

    The Asset Disposition Offer shall be made to all Holders and, to the extent the Company elects, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness to purchase, prepay or
      redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets.  The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of at least 20 Business Days following its commencement and not more than 30 Business Days, except to the extent that a longer period is required
      by applicable law (the “Offer Period”).  No later than three Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all
      Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and
      such other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered, if applicable) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Disposition
      Offer.  Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

    If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the
      Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer.

     

    

    
      28

      
        

    

    Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Company will send, electronically or by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to
      the Trustee.  The notice will contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer.  The notice, which will govern the terms of the Asset Disposition Offer, will state:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              that the Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Disposition Offer will remain
                open;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment will continue to accrue interest;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer will cease to accrue interest after the
                Purchase Date;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations of $2,000 or an
                integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              that Holders electing to have Notes purchased pursuant to any Asset Disposition Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder
                to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the
                Purchase Date;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration
                of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter (or otherwise in compliance with the Depositary’s procedures) setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase
                and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company will select the
                Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered (with such adjustments as may be
                deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in minimum denominations of $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, will be purchased); and

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or
                transferred by book-entry transfer).

            

    

    On or before the Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary,
      the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, and will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly
      accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.  The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may
      be, will promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the
      Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any
      unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.  Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof.  The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on the Purchase Date.

    Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06
      hereof.

     

    

    
      29

      
        

    

    ARTICLE 4

        COVENANTS

    Section 4.01 Payment of Notes.

    Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or, at the option of the paying
      agent, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders of the Notes at their respective addresses set forth in the register of Holders provided that all payments of principal, premium, if any, interest with respect to Notes represented
      by one or more global notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof.

    The Company will pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. 
      Principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in
      immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, then due.

    The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes
      to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent
      lawful.

    Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency.

    The Company will maintain in the United States, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes
      may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
      location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company fails to maintain any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and
      demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

    The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from
      time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
      Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

    The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof; provided that no
      office of the Trustee shall be an office or agency of the Company for the purposes of effective service of legal process against the Company.

    Section 4.03 Reports.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              Whether or not the Company is subject to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall file with the SEC
                (subject to the next sentence) the annual reports, quarterly reports and other documents which the Company would have been required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Sections 13(a) or 15(d) if the Company were so subject (the “Required Reports”), such documents to be filed with the SEC no later than 15 days after the respective dates by which the Company would have been required to file such documents if the Company were so
                subject (including any extension as would be permitted by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act, the “Required Filing Dates”); provided that any audited
                financial statements contained in such reports shall be reported on by an independent public accounting firm of recognized national standing. If at any time the Company is not subject to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act for any
                reason, the Company shall nevertheless continue to file the Required Reports with the SEC by no later than 15 days after the applicable Required Filing Date unless the SEC will not accept such a filing. The Company agrees that it shall not
                take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any such filings. If notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC shall not accept the filing of a Required Report for any reason, the Company shall post the Required Report on its
                website no later than 15 days after the applicable Required Filing Date and such Required Report shall be publicly available.

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              Unless the Company is otherwise obligated to do so under the Exchange Act, the Required Reports will not be required to (i) comply with Section 302 or Section 404 of
                the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC, or Items 301 or 302 of Regulation S-K or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K (with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained
                therein), in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date, or (ii) contain the separate financial information for Guarantors contemplated by Rule 3-09 or Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any similar successor provision),
                including the financial information of Reach Media, Inc. and its subsidiaries, if any; provided that the Required Reports will contain customary summary financial information with respect to guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries to the
                extent that a non-guarantor subsidiary ceases to be an Immaterial Subsidiary.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              The Company shall also in any event (1) on the earlier of (a) 15 days after each Required Filing Date and (b) the 105th day after the end of each fiscal
                year, with respect to annual reports, or the 60th day after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, with respect to quarterly reports, file with the Trustee, copies of the Required Reports and (2) if the SEC
                will not accept the filing of Required Reports by the Company, promptly upon written request, supply copies of such documents to any Holder at the Company’s cost. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this clause (c), the Company
                shall be deemed to have furnished such Required Reports to the Holders and the Trustee if:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the Company has filed such reports with the SEC via the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval Filing System (EDGAR) and such reports are publicly
                available; or

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the Company is not subject to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and the SEC will not accept Required Reports for filing, and it has posted such Required
                Reports on its website and such Required Reports are publicly available.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, if the Company designates any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries at any time following the Issue Date that,
                individually or in the aggregate, with any other Subsidiary designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time after the Issue Date, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, then the Company’s quarterly and annual
                financial information required by clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 4.03 will include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, of the financial condition and
                results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

            

    

    
      	
              (e)

            	
              The Company shall make available to any prospective purchaser of Notes or beneficial owner of Notes in connection with any sale of Notes the information required by
                Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so long as such Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act.

            

    

    
      	
              (f)

            	
              It is understood that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to determine whether or not such information, documents or reports have been posted on the
                Company’s website or filed with the SEC. The posting or delivery of any such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive
                notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of the covenants under this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an
                Officer’s Certificate).

            

    

    Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the
                Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, have kept, observed, performed and
                fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every
                covenant contained in this Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults
                or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, an Officer’s Certificate specifying
                such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

            

    

     

    

    
      30

      
        

    

    Section 4.05 Taxes.

    The Company will pay, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested
      in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

    Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

    The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
      take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent
      that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer
      and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

    Section 4.07 Limitations on Restricted Payments.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Capital Stock (including, without limitation, any
                payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) except:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              dividends or distributions payable in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Capital
                Stock of the Company; and

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution,
                to holders of its Capital Stock other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary on no more than a pro rata basis);

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Company of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or
                a Restricted Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              (a) purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment,
                any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than (i) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each
                case, due within six months of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, payment, repayment or other acquisition or retirement and (ii) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4)) or (b) purchase, repurchase,
                redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness that is unsecured or that is secured by a Lien that is junior in priority to the
                Lien securing the Notes (other than (i) any such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, payment, repayment or other acquisition or retirement in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final
                maturity, in each case, due within six months of the date of purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, (ii) any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2) or Section 4.09(b)(4) and (iii) any
                required excess cash flow prepayment, contractual amortization or other mandatory payment or repayment (including pursuant to the provisions of 4.02(b), (d), (e) and (f) of the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date));
                or

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              make any Restricted Investment;

            

    

     

    

    
      31

      
        

    

    (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Restricted Investment referred to in clauses (1) through (4) are referred to herein
      as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result immediately thereafter therefrom);

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              the Company is not able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof after giving effect, on a pro forma basis, to such Restricted
                Payment; and

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to September 30, 2020 (and not returned or rescinded) (including
                Permitted Payments permitted by clauses (1)(a) and (6) of Section 4.07(b) hereof, but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by 4.07(b) hereof) would exceed the sum of (without duplication):

            

    

    
      	
              (i)

            	
              100% of Consolidated Cash Flow for the period (treated as one accounting period) from September 30, 2020 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to
                the date of such Restricted Payment for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (or, in the case such Consolidated Cash Flow for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit) less 1.4 times
                Consolidated Interest Expense for the same period;

            

    

    
      	
              (ii)

            	
              100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company from the issue or sale of its
                Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) subsequent to September 30, 2020 or otherwise contributed to the equity (other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock) of the Company subsequent to September 30, 2020 (other than (x)
                Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Restricted Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of
                the Company for the benefit of its employees to the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Net Cash Proceeds or property or assets or marketable securities to the extent that any Restricted Payment has been made from
                such proceeds in reliance on clause (6) of Section 4.07(b) hereof and (z) Excluded Contributions;

            

    

    
      	
              (iii)

            	
              100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
                from the issuance or sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of their employees to
                the extent funded by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to September 30, 2020 of any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that has been converted into or exchanged for Capital
                Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) plus, without duplication, the amount of any cash, and the fair market value of property or assets or marketable securities, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such
                conversion or exchange;

            

    

    
      	
              (iv)

            	
              100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value, as determined in good faith by the Company, of marketable securities or other property received
                by means of: (i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted
                Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after September
                30, 2020; or (ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than in each case to the extent of the amount of the
                Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (12) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted Investment) or a
                dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, after September 30, 2020; and

            

    

    
      	
              (v)

            	
              in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company
                or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after September 30, 2020, the fair market value of the Investment in such
                Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred), as determined in good faith of the Company at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger or consolidation or
                transfer of assets (after taking into consideration any Indebtedness associated with the Unrestricted Subsidiary so designated or merged or consolidated or Indebtedness associated with the assets so transferred), other than to the extent of
                the amount of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to clause (12) of Section 4.07(b) hereof or to the extent of the amount of the Investment that constituted a Permitted
                Investment.

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              The provisions of Section 4.07(a) hereof will not prohibit any of the following (“Permitted Payments”):

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              (A) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied
                with the provisions of this Indenture or (B) the redemption, repurchase or retirement of Indebtedness if, at the date of any irrevocable redemption notice, such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the making of any Restricted Payment in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted
                Subsidiary) of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or from the substantially concurrent contribution of common equity capital to the Company; provided, that the amount of
                any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such Restricted Payment will be excluded from clause (C)(ii) of Section 4.07(a) hereof;

            

    

    
       

      

      
        32

        
          

      

      	
              (3)

            	
              any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Indebtedness that is unsecured or that is secured by
                a Lien that is junior in priority to the Lien securing the Notes made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or
                out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Preferred Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that, in each case, is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness or Indebtedness that is unsecured or that is secured by
                a Lien that is junior in priority to the Lien securing the Notes or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 4.10 hereof, but only if the Company shall have first complied with Section 4.10 and purchased all Notes
                tendered pursuant to any offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated Indebtedness, Indebtedness that is unsecured or that
                is secured by a Lien that is junior in priority to the Lien securing the Notes, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              to the extent required by the agreement governing such Subordinated Indebtedness, Indebtedness that is unsecured or that is secured by a Lien that is junior in priority
                to the Lien securing the Notes, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “change of control”), but only if the Company shall have first complied
                with Section 4.15 hereof and purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing, repurchasing, redeeming, defeasing or otherwise acquiring or retiring such Subordinated
                Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; or

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              consisting of Acquired Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness Incurred (i) to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate the transaction or series of
                related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was otherwise acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) otherwise in connection with or contemplation of such acquisition);

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company
                or its Subsidiaries held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such employee, director or consultant)
                either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director or consultant’s employment or directorship; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause do not exceed $5.0 million in calendar year 2015 and $2.5 million in any calendar year thereafter (with unused amounts in
                any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $5.0 million in any calendar year); provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to members of management, directors or consultants of the Company or any
                of its Subsidiaries that occurred after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of clause (C) of Section 4.07(a)
                hereof; plus

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              the amount of any Restricted Payments made in previous calendar years pursuant to clauses (a) and (b) of this clause;

            

    

    
      33

      
        

    

    and provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management,
      directors, employees or consultants of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other
      provision of this Indenture;

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              the declaration and payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of Section 4.09
                hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received by the Company;

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock (i) deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants
                or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof (ii) in lieu of fractional shares of Capital Stock in connection with any stock split, reverse stock split, stock division or stock
                combination;

            

    

    
      	
              (10)

            	
              dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock of, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (unless the
                Unrestricted Subsidiary’s principal asset is cash and Cash Equivalents);

            

    

    
      	
              (11)

            	
              any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions and the fees and expenses related thereto;

            

    

    
      	
              (12)

            	
              so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (or would result from), Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate
                amount outstanding at the time made not to exceed $25.0 million; and

            

    

    
      	
              (13)

            	
              the repayment of up to $10 million of principal amount of obligations under the Unsecured Term Loan Agreement.

            

    

    The two preceding paragraphs and the definition of Permitted Investments notwithstanding, the Company will not and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or
      indirectly to: (1) except (a) pursuant to clause (7) of the immediately preceding paragraph or (b) dividends or distributions payable by a Restricted Subsidiary to holders of its Capital Stock a pro rata basis, declare or pay any cash dividends or
      make any cash distribution on in respect of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock; (2) repurchase for cash any of the Company’s Capital Stock or any Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock except (a) repurchases of Capital Stock
      (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or its Subsidiaries held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, trusts or heirs of such
      employee, director or consultant) either pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or upon the termination of such employee, director or consultant’s employment or
      directorship and (b) pursuant to clauses (6) or (9) of the immediately preceding paragraph or (3) make any Investment in or Restricted Payment to any Unrestricted Subsidiary or Joint Venture.

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a Restricted Payment meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted
                Payments described in clauses (1) through (12) above, or is permitted pursuant to Section 4.07(a), the Company will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify such
                Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to
                be paid, transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any cash Restricted Payment shall be their face amount, and the fair market value
                of any non-cash Restricted Payment, property or assets other than cash shall be determined conclusively by the Board of Directors of the Company acting in good faith.

            

    

    Section 4.08 Limitation on Restrictions on
        Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
                consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              pay dividends or make any other distributions in cash or otherwise on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any
                Restricted Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              provided that (x) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or
                liquidating distributions being paid on common stock and (y) the subordination of (including the application of any standstill requirements to) loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other Indebtedness
                Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              The provisions of Section 4.08(a) hereof will not prohibit:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to (a) any Credit Facility (including the Credit Agreement and any ABL Credit Facility) or (b) any other agreement or
                instrument, in each case, in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date (or otherwise required as of the Issue Date);

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              this Indenture, the Security Documents, the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              encumbrances or restrictions arising or existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument of a Person or relating to any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, entered into on or
                before the date on which such Person was acquired by or merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or was designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or on which such agreement or instrument
                is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets (other than Capital Stock or Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, or to provide all or any portion of the funds utilized to consummate,
                the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company or was merged, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into the Company or any Restricted
                Subsidiary or entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such transaction) and outstanding on such date; provided that, for the purposes of this clause, if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or
                agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary when such Person becomes the Successor Company;

            

    

    
       

      

      
        34

        
          

      

      	
              (5)

            	
              any encumbrance or restriction:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract or
                agreement, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract or agreement;

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              contained in mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements permitted under this Indenture or securing Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
                permitted under this Indenture to the extent such encumbrances or restrictions restrict the transfer or encumbrance of the property or assets subject to such mortgages, pledges, charges or other security agreements; or

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted
                Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose
                encumbrances or restrictions on the property so acquired;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              any encumbrance or restriction imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition to a Person of all or substantially all the
                Capital Stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              customary provisions in leases, licenses, joint venture agreements and other similar agreements and instruments;

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              any encumbrance or restriction on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

            

    

    
      	
              (10)

            	
              any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

            

    

    
      	
              (11)

            	
              any encumbrance or restriction arising pursuant to an agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date
                pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions
                contained in the Credit Agreements, together with the security documentation associated therewith as in effect on the Issue Date;

            

    

    
      	
              (12)

            	
              any encumbrance or restriction existing by reason of any lien permitted by Section 4.12 hereof; or

            

    

    
      	
              (13)

            	
              any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement or instrument effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews,
                restates, replaces, restructures or refinances, an agreement or instrument referred to in clauses (1) to (12) of this Section 4.08(b) or this clause (13) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any
                amendment, supplement, extension, renewal, restatement, replacement, restructuring or other modification to an agreement referred to in clauses (1) to (12) of this Section 4.08(b) or this clause (13); provided,
                  however, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such agreement or instrument are no less favorable in any material respect to the Holders taken as a whole than the
                encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such refinancing or amendment, supplement or other modification relates (as determined in good faith by the Company).

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to
                dividends or liquidating distributions on Capital Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
                of the Company of other Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances.

            

    

    Section 4.09 Limitation on Indebtedness.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that, the Company and any of its Guarantors may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date of such Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma
                application of the proceeds thereof), the Leverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is no greater than 7.00 to 1.00.

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              The provisions of Section 4.09(a) hereof will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness (“Permitted Indebtedness”):

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility (including letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created under any Credit Facility), and any
                Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a maximum aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding (i) $318.50 million, plus (ii) in the case of any refinancing of any
                Indebtedness permitted under this clause or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to the ABL Credit Facility, and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and Guarantees in respect of such Indebtedness in a
                maximum aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not (i) exceeding $37.5 million, plus (ii) in the case of any refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under this clause or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees,
                underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness is permitted under
                the terms of this Indenture;

            

    

    
       

      

      
        35

        
          

      

      	
              (4)

            	
              Indebtedness of the Company owing to and held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any Restricted
                Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              if the Company or any Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and the payee is not the Company or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly
                subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations then due with respect to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantee, in the case of a Guarantor;

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness being beneficially held by a Person other than the
                Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,

            

    

    shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be;

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              Indebtedness represented by (a) the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), including any Note Guarantee thereof, (b) the 7.375% Notes outstanding on the Issue Date
                and any Guarantee thereof, (c) Indebtedness outstanding under the Unsecured Term Loan on the Issue Date, (d) Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Indebtedness described in this
                clause (5) or clauses (6), (7), (11) or (15) of this Section 4.09(b) or Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, and (e) Management Advances;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              [RESERVED];

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary represented by Capitalized Lease Obligations or Purchase Money Obligations in an aggregate outstanding
                principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, does not exceed $15.0 million;

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              Indebtedness in respect of (a) workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations, performance, indemnity, surety, judgment, appeal, advance payment, customs,
                value added or other tax or other guarantees or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations and completion guarantees and warranties provided by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or relating to liabilities, obligations or
                guarantees Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (b) the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; (c) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business from customers
                for goods or services purchased in the ordinary course of business; and (d) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the
                ordinary course of business;

            

    

    
      	
              (10)

            	
              Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for guarantees, indemnification, obligations in respect of earn-outs or other adjustments of purchase price or, in each
                case, similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets or Person or any Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any
                Person acquiring or disposing of such business or assets or such Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition or disposition); provided that the maximum liability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of all
                such Indebtedness in connection with a disposition shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds, including the fair market value of non-cash proceeds (measured at the time received and without giving effect to any subsequent changes in
                value), actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition;

            

    

    
      	
              (11)

            	
              Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, $20.0 million at any time outstanding, it being understood
                that any Indebtedness incurred or issued pursuant to this clause (11) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (11) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to 4.09(a) hereof from and after the first date on
                which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) without reliance on this clause (11);

            

    

    
      	
              (12)

            	
              Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any current or former employee, director or consultant of the Company or
                any of its Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees, assigns, estates, or heirs of such employee, director or consultant), to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is permitted by
                Section 4.07 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (13)

            	
              Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in
                supply arrangements, in each case, Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

            

    

    
       

      

      
        36

        
          

      

      	
              (14)

            	
              Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such Indebtedness are deposited and used to defease or satisfy and discharge the
                Notes pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 hereof, as applicable; and

            

    

    
      	
              (15)

            	
              Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect
                thereof and the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause and then outstanding, will not exceed $20.0 million.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              The preceding paragraph notwithstanding, except for (a) Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien pursuant to clause (14) of the definition of Permitted Liens, (b)
                Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1), (c) Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(2) with respect to the ABL Collateral, (d) Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b)(5)(a) or Section 4.09(b)(5)(b), (e) Indebtedness incurred
                pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(9), (f) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(14) and (g) Refinancing Indebtedness of any of the foregoing, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
                indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b) that is (i) secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is senior to or pari passu with the Lien on the Collateral securing the Notes or (ii) Indebtedness of a
                Non-Guarantor Subsidiary.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with this
                Section 4.09:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(a) or (b) hereof, the Company, in its sole
                discretion, will classify, and may from time to time reclassify, such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the clauses of Section 4.09(b) or Section 4.09(a) hereof, provided, however, any Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to the Issue Date which at such time is classified as having been Incurred under one of the clauses of Section 4.09(b) hereof cannot be
                on or after the Issue Date classified as Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness may later be classified as having been Incurred pursuant to any type of Indebtedness described in Section
                4.09(a) or Section 4.09(b) hereof so long as such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification, provided, however, any Indebtedness outstanding
                immediately prior to the Issue Date which at such time is classified as having been Incurred under one of the clauses of Section 4.09(b) hereof cannot be on or after the Issue Date classified as Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to be Incurred on the Issue Date under clause (1) of the Section 4.09(b) and
                may not later be reclassified;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness that is
                otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              if obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments are Incurred pursuant to any Credit Facility and are being treated as
                Incurred pursuant to clause (1), (8) or (11) of Section 4.09(b) or Section 4.09(a) hereof and the letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be
                included;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, will be equal to the greater of
                the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the liquidation preference thereof; and

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined
                on the basis of GAAP.

            

    

    
      	
              (e)

            	
              The Company will not incur, and will not permit any Guarantor to incur, any Indebtedness (including Permitted Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated in right
                of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the applicable Note Guarantee on substantially identical terms; provided, however, that no Indebtedness will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such
                Guarantor solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured on a junior priority basis.

            

    

    
      	
              (f)

            	
              Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the
                form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP,
                will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09 and Section 4.12 hereof.  The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (a) the accreted value thereof in the case of any
                Indebtedness issued with original issue discount and (b) the principal amount of the Indebtedness, or liquidation preference thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

            

    

    
      	
              (g)

            	
              If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary
                of the Company as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 4.09, the Company shall be in default of this Section 4.09).

            

    

    
      	
              (h)

            	
              Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary may Incur pursuant to this
                Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency
                from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

            

    

     

    

    
      37

      
        

    

    Section 4.10 Limitation on Sale of Assets and
        Subsidiary Stock.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Disposition unless:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility
                for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at least equal to the fair market value (such fair market value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition), as determined in good faith by the Board of
                Directors of the Company, of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition (including, for the avoidance of doubt, if such Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap);

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              in any such Asset Disposition, or series of related Asset Dispositions (except to the extent the Asset Disposition is a Permitted Asset Swap), at least 75% of the
                consideration from such Asset Disposition (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
                be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              the fair market value of the shares or assets subject to such Asset Disposition, or series of related transactions constituting such Asset Disposition, excluding any
                shares or assets subject to an Asset Disposition that is a Permitted Asset Swap, does not exceed $37.5 million; and

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, at its
                option, to permanently reduce:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              Obligations constituting Parity Lien Obligations (and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect
                thereto); provided that (x) to the extent that the terms of Parity Lien Obligations (other than Obligations under the Notes) require that such Parity Lien Obligations be repaid with the Net Proceeds of Asset Dispositions prior to repayment
                of other Indebtedness (including the Notes), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be entitled to repay such other Parity Lien Obligations prior to repaying the Obligations under the Notes and (y) except as provided in the
                foregoing clause (x), if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce Parity Lien Obligations, the Company will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as provided in Section 3.07 hereof through open-market
                purchases (provided that such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth herein for an Asset Disposition Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes
                at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of Notes so purchased;

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              Obligations ranking pari passu with the Notes other than Parity Lien Obligations so long as the relevant Net Proceeds are received with respect to non-Collateral; provided that if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall so reduce any such pari passu Obligations, the Company will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes in any manner set forth
                in clause (a) above; or

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

            

    

    
      	
              (D)

            	
              to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in or commit to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional
                Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of (i) the date of such Asset Disposition and (ii) the receipt of such Net Available Cash; provided, however, that any such reinvestment in Additional Assets made pursuant to a definitive binding agreement or a commitment approved by the Board of Directors of the Company that is executed or
                approved within such time will satisfy this requirement, so long as such investment is consummated within 180 days of such 365th day; provided, further, however,
                that the Additional Assets (including Capital Stock) acquired with the Net Available Cash of a disposition of Collateral are pledged as Collateral to the extent required under the Security Documents (except to the extent the Lien thereon is
                released by the lenders under the Credit Agreement);

            

    

    provided that, pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness
      or otherwise use such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              Any Net Available Cash from Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested or committed to be applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(a) will be deemed to
                constitute “Excess Proceeds” hereunder. On the 366th day after an Asset Disposition, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds hereunder exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will within 30 Business
                Days be required to make an Asset Disposition Offer to all Holders of Notes issued under this Indenture and, to the extent required by the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of other outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to
                purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness to which the Asset Disposition Offer applies that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in respect of the Notes in an amount equal
                to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, in each case, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09
                hereof or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, and, with respect to the Notes, in minimum denominations of $2,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The Company may satisfy its obligation
                to make an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to any Net Available Cash of any Asset Disposition by making an Asset Disposition Offer with respect to such Net Available Cash prior to the expiration of the 365-day period.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer is
                less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of the Notes surrendered in any Asset Disposition Offer by Holders and
                other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds shall be allocated among the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on
                the basis of the aggregate principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness, provided that no Notes or other Pari Passu Indebtedness will be selected and purchased in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any Asset
                Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              To the extent that any portion of Net Available Cash payable in respect of the Notes is denominated in a currency other than U.S. dollars, the amount thereof payable in
                respect of the Notes shall not exceed the net amount of funds in U.S. dollars that is actually received by the Company upon converting such portion into U.S. dollars.

            

    

    
      	
              (e)

            	
              For the purposes of Section 4.10(a)(2) hereof, the following will be deemed to be cash:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or
                a Guarantor) and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Asset Disposition;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such
                Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Disposition;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other
                Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition;

            

    

    
       

      

      
        38

        
          

      

      	
              (4)

            	
              consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Issue Date from Persons who are not the Company or any
                Restricted Subsidiary; and

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Dispositions having an aggregate fair market value, taken
                together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this Section 4.10 that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (a) $25.0 million and (b) 2.50% of Total Assets (with the fair market value of
                each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

            

    

    
      	
              (f)

            	
              The Company will comply to the extent applicable with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to
                the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.10.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of Section
                3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 3.09 hereof or this Section 4.10 by virtue of such
                compliance.

            

    

    Section 4.11 Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction (including the purchase,
                sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate value in excess of $2.0 million unless:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the terms of such Affiliate Transaction taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those
                that could be obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction or the execution of the agreement providing for such transaction in arm’s length dealings with a Person who is not such an Affiliate; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the Company delivers to the Trustee:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of Affiliate Transactions involving an aggregate value in excess of $10.0 million, an Officer’s Certificate stating
                that the terms of such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of Affiliate Transactions involving an aggregate value in excess of $20.0 million, a written opinion of an
                Independent Financial Advisor that such Affiliate Transaction or series of Affiliate Transactions is not less favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s
                length transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate.

            

    

    Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in clause (2) of this Section 4.11(a) if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a
      majority of the Disinterested Directors, if any.

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              The provisions of Section 4.11(a) will not apply to:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              any Restricted Payment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof or any Permitted Investment;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              any issuance or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise
                pursuant to, or the funding of, or entering into, or maintenance of, or amendments or modifications to, any employment, consulting, collective bargaining or benefit plan, program, agreement or arrangement, related trust or other similar
                agreement and other compensation arrangements, options, warrants or other rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock
                appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee benefits or consultants’ plans (including valuation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or similar plans, programs or arrangements) or
                indemnities provided on behalf of officers, employees, directors or consultants approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              any Management Advances and any waiver or transaction with respect thereto;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              any transaction between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction), or
                between or among Restricted Subsidiaries;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              the payment of compensation, reasonable fees and reimbursement of expenses to, and customary indemnities (including under customary insurance policies) and employee
                benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, directors, officers, consultants or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (whether directly or indirectly and including through any Person owned or
                controlled by any of such directors, officers or employees);

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              the entry into and performance of obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under the terms of any transaction arising out of, and any payments
                pursuant to or for purposes of funding, any agreement or instrument in effect as of or on the Issue Date, as these agreements and instruments may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed or refinanced from time to time in
                accordance with the other terms of this Section 4.11 or to the extent not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business, which are fair to the
                Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, or are on terms no less favorable than those that could
                reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              any transaction between or among the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company or similar entity that would constitute an Affiliate
                Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an equity interest in or otherwise controls such Affiliate or similar entity;

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              issuances or sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or options, warrants or other rights to acquire such Capital Stock and the granting
                of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith or any contribution to capital of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (10)

            	
              transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that
                such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (1) of Section 4.11(a);

            

    

    
       

      

      
        39

        
          

      

      	
              (11)

            	
              the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders agreement (including any
                registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided, however, that
                the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to the equityholders’ agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date will only be
                permitted under this clause to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respects; and

            

    

    
      	
              (12)

            	
              any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness
                or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliate.

            

    

    Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens.

    The Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures
      Obligations under any Indebtedness or any related Guarantee of Indebtedness, on any asset or property of the Company or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom.

    Section 4.13 Business Activities.

    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business, except to such extent as would not be
      material to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

    Section 4.14 Corporate Existence.

    Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as
                the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the
                Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation
                thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes.

            

    

    Section 4.15 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of
        Control.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Company has previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice (that may only be conditional upon the
                occurrence of such Change of Control) with respect to all the outstanding Notes as set forth under Section 3.07 hereof , the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control
                  Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of
                repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will deliver notice of
                such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC,
                describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.15 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the purchase price and the purchase date, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to
                accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of
                Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of
                Control Payment Date;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the
                Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to
                have the Notes purchased; and

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which
                unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

            

    

     

    

    
      40

      
        

    

    The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act, as applicable, and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such
      laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.15, the Company will comply with
      the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.15 by virtue thereof.

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or
                portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

            

    

    The Paying Agent will promptly mail (but in any case not later than five days after the Change of Control Payment Date) to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of
      Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any.  The
      Company will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

    Prior to complying with any of the provisions of this Section 4.15, but in any event within 90 days following a Change of Control, the Company will either repay all outstanding
      Senior Indebtedness or obtain the requisite consents, if any, under all agreements governing outstanding Senior Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of Notes required by this Section 4.15.

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a
                third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of
                Control Offer, (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof and, in the event that such redemption is subject to one or more conditions precedent, such conditions have been satisfied or waived or (3) in the event
                that, upon the consummation of such Change of Control, the Company defeases or discharges the Notes as provided for under Articles 8 or 12 hereof, as applicable.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditioned upon the consummation of
                such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

            

    

    
      	
              (e)

            	
              If holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such Notes in a Change of Control Offer and
                the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company as described above, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such holders, the Company or such third party will have the right,
                upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a
                price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to but excluding the date of redemption.

            

    

    Section 4.16 [Reserved].

    Section 4.17 Additional Note Guarantees.

    The Company is obligated to cause (a) each Subsidiary that becomes a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date (other than a Restricted Subsidiary that constitutes
      an Immaterial Subsidiary or a Foreign Subsidiary guaranteeing solely Indebtedness of another Foreign Subsidiary) which Subsidiary guarantees Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, the ABL Credit Agreement, any 7.375% Notes outstanding on the Issue
      Date, any additional Parity Lien Obligations, other syndicated bank indebtedness or capital markets debt securities of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any Foreign Subsidiary that guarantees Indebtedness of the Company or any
      Guarantor to guarantee the Notes and the Company’s other obligations under this Indenture by executing a supplemental indenture to provide a Note Guarantee within 30 business days after the date its obligation to guarantee the Notes and the Company’s
      other obligations under this Indenture arises. The form of such supplemental indenture is attached as Exhibit F hereto.

    The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor.

     

    

    
      41

      
        

    

    Section 4.18 Designation of Restricted and
        Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

    The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Restricted Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if that designation would not cause a Default. If a Restricted
      Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be deemed to
      be an Investment made as of the time of the designation and will reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof or under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as determined by the Company. That
      designation will only be permitted if the Investment would be permitted at that time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors of the Company may redesignate any Unrestricted
      Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary if that redesignation would not cause a Default.

    Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of
      the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.07 hereof.  If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to
      meet the preceding requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it will thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary
      of the Company as of such date and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under Section 4.09 hereof, the Company will be in default of Section 4.09 hereof.

    The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; provided that such designation will be
      deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary, and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.09
      hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable reference period; and (2) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence following such designation. Any such designation by the
      Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that
      such designation complies with the preceding conditions.

    Section 4.19 Suspension of Covenants on Achievement
        of Investment Grade Status.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              Following the first day:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the Notes have achieved Investment Grade Status; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture,

            

    

    then, beginning on that day and continuing until the Reversion Date (as defined below), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the following provisions (collectively,
      the “Suspended Covenants”):

    
      	
              (i)

            	
              Section 4.07;

            

    

    
      	
              (ii)

            	
              Section 4.08;

            

    

    
      	
              (iii)

            	
              Section 4.09;

            

    

    
      	
              (iv)

            	
              Section 4.10;

            

    

    
      	
              (v)

            	
              Section 4.11;

            

    

    
      	
              (vi)

            	
              Section 4.13;

            

    

    
      	
              (vii)

            	
              Section 4.15;

            

    

    
      	
              (viii)

            	
              Section 4.17; and

            

    

    
      	
              (ix)

            	
              Section 5.01(3).

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              If at any time the Notes cease to have such Investment Grade Status or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will
                thereafter be reinstated as if such covenants had never been suspended (the “Reversion Date”) and be applicable pursuant to the terms hereof (including in connection with performing any calculation
                or assessment to determine compliance with the terms hereof), unless and until the Notes subsequently attain Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the Suspended Covenants shall no longer
                be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain an Investment Grade Status and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach of
                any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or
                events occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising prior to the Reversion Date, regardless of whether such actions or events would have been
                permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of suspension of the covenants and the Reversion Date is referred to as the “Suspension
                  Period.”  No Subsidiaries shall be designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries during a Suspension Period.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof or one of the
                clauses set forth in Section 4.09(b) hereof (to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to the Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and
                outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09(a) or (b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is
                classified as permitted under clause (4)(b) of Section 4.09(b) hereof. Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 hereof will be made as though Section 4.07 had
                been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a).  In
                addition, any future obligation to grant further Guarantees shall be released. All such further obligation to grant Guarantees shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              The Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee within 30 days of the beginning of a Suspension Period as well as any Reversion Date.

            

    

     

    

    
      42

      
        

    

    ARTICLE 5

        SUCCESSORS

    Section 5.01 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

    The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the
      Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) to, any Person, unless:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws
                of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia (provided that where the continuing Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation that is a Wholly Owned Restricted
                Subsidiary) and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (or other joinder agreement, as applicable), executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under the
                Notes, this Indenture and the Security Documents and if such Successor Company is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Subsidiary of the
                Successor Company as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (a) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to
                Section 4.09(a) hereof or (b) the Leverage Ratio would not be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; and

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and
                such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture (if any) has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement
                enforceable against the Successor Company provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) and (3) above.

            

    

    For purposes of this Section 5.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more
      Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the
      transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.

    Notwithstanding clauses (2), (3) and (4) of this Section 5.01 (which do not apply to transactions referred to in this sentence), (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may
      consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties
      and assets to any other Restricted Subsidiary. Notwithstanding clauses (2) and (3) of this Section 5.01 (which do not apply to the transactions referred to in this sentence), the Company may consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an
      Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Company, reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, or changing the legal form of the Company.

    The foregoing provisions (other than the requirements of clause (2) of this Section) shall not apply to the creation of a new Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary of the
      Company.

    Section 5.02 Successor Corporation Substituted.

    Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company
      in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease,
      conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture
      referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company
      herein; provided, however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes except in the case of a lease
      of all or substantially all of such successor Person’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

     

    

    
      43

      
        

    

    ARTICLE 6

        DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

    Section 6.01 Events of Default.

    Each of the following is an “Event of Default”:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              default in the payment of the principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption,
                upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              failure to comply with Section 3.08(c) hereof for 30 days or failure to comply with Section 3.08(b) hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              failure to comply with the Company’s agreements or obligations contained in this Indenture or the Security Documents for 60 days after written notice by the Trustee on
                behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) which notice requires that the default be remedied and states that it is a notice of default under this Indenture; provided that the Company shall have 120 days after the receipt of such notice to remedy, or receive a waiver for, a failure to comply with Section 4.03 hereof

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by
                the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or
                Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which default:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              is caused by a failure to pay principal of such Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such
                Indebtedness (a “payment default”); or

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity;

            

    

    and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default
      or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million or ;

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the
                Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              commences a voluntary case,

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

            

    

    
      	
              (D)

            	
              makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

            

    

    
      	
              (E)

            	
              generally is not paying its debts as they become due;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              is for relief against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial
                statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              appoints a custodian of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated
                financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries
                that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              orders the liquidation of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated
                financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

            

    

    and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most recent consolidated financial
                statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 4.03 hereof) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0 million other than any judgments covered by
                indemnities provided by, or insurance policies issued by, reputable and creditworthy companies, which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged and unstayed for a period of more than 60 days after such judgment becomes final, and in the
                event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or decree which is not promptly stayed;

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              any Guarantee of the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or a Guarantor denies or disaffirms its
                obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture; and

            

    

    
       

      

      
        44

        
          

      

      	
              (10)

            	
              with respect to any Collateral constituting more than $10.0 million individually or in the aggregate, any of the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and
                effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the Holders of the Notes the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security Documents is declared null and void or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary denies in
                writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document or gives written notice to such effect (in each case (i) other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture or the terms of the Credit Agreement or the Security
                Documents, (ii) except to the extent that any such cessation of the Liens results from the failure of the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement or the Applicable Parity Lien Representative, as the case may be, to maintain
                possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Security Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements, (iii) except as to Collateral consisting of real property to the
                extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied or failed to acknowledge coverage or (iv) unless waived by the requisite lenders under the Credit Agreement if, after that waiver, the
                Company is in compliance with Article 10 hereof); provided that if a failure of the sort described in this clause (10) is susceptible of cure, no Event of
                Default shall arise under this clause (10) with respect thereto until 30 days after notice of such failure shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
                issued under this Indenture.

            

    

    However, a default under clause (3) of this Section 6.01 will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding
      Notes notify the Company (with a copy to the Trustee) of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (3) of this Section 6.01 after receipt of such notice.

    If a Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default (the “Initial Default”)
      occurs, then at the time such Initial Default is cured, such Default for a failure to report or failure to deliver a required certificate in connection with another default that resulted solely because of that Initial Default will also be cured
      without any further action .

    Any Default or Event of Default for the failure to comply with the time periods prescribed in Section 4.03 hereof or otherwise to deliver any notice or certificate pursuant to
      any other provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to be cured upon the delivery of any such report required by such covenant or such notice or certificate, as applicable, even though such delivery is not within the prescribed period specified in
      this Indenture.

    Section 6.02 Acceleration.

    If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clauses (5) or (6) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
      by notice to the Company or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all the
      Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be due and payable immediately.

    In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default specified in clause (4) of Section 6.01 hereof has occurred and is continuing, the
      declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (4) of Section 6.01 hereof shall be remedied or cured, or waived by the Holders of
      the Indebtedness, or the Indebtedness that gave rise to such Event of Default shall have been discharged in full, in each case, within 30 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if (1) the annulment of the acceleration of
      the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, if any, on the Notes that became due solely because of the
      acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

    If an Event of Default described in clauses (5) or (6) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued
      and unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

    The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes under this Indenture may waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default (except with respect to
      nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, if any) and rescind any such acceleration with respect to such Notes and its consequences hereunder if rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction.

    Section 6.03 Other Remedies.

    If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on
      the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

    The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any
      Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

    Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults.

    The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes under this Indenture may waive all past or existing Defaults or Events of Default (except with respect to
      nonpayment of principal, premium or interest, if any) and its consequences hereunder; provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind
      an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration by notice to the Company and the Trustee.  Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising
      therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

    Section 6.05 Control by Majority.

    Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
      of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder (it being
      understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not any actions are unduly prejudicial to any Holder) or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

     

    

    
      45

      
        

    

    Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits.

    If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction
      of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any fee, loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due, no
      Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              such Holders have offered and, if requested, provided in writing the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the written request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a written direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is
                inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

            

    

    A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.

    Section 6.07 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive
        Payment.

    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on the Note,
      on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the
      consent of such Holder.

    Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee.

    If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an
      express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be
      sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

    Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

    The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any
      claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its
      creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
      Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
      and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
      counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions,
      dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to
      authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
      respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

    Section 6.10 Priorities.

    If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, pay out the money in the following
      order:

    First:  to the Trustee, the Agents, the Notes Collateral Agent, and their respective agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section
      7.06 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;

    Second:  to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest , if any, ratably,
      without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, respectively; and

    Third:  to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

    The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

    Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs.

    In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its
      discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the
      suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders
      of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

     

    

    
      46

      
        

    

    ARTICLE 7

        TRUSTEE

    Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree
                of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set
                forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              in the absence of gross negligence on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed
                therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificate or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be
                furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical
                calculations or other facts stated therein).

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              this clause (c) does not limit the effect of clause (b) of this Section 7.01;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the
                Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05
                hereof.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to clauses (a), (b), and (c) of this
                Section 7.01.

            

    

    
      	
              (e)

            	
              No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability.  The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any
                of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered, and if requested, provided to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or
                expense.

            

    

    
      	
              (f)

            	
              The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.  Money held in trust by the Trustee
                need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

            

    

    Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              The Trustee may conclusively rely upon and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed
                or presented by the proper Person.  The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  The Trustee will not be liable for any
                action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full
                and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance therewith.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it
                by this Indenture.

            

    

    
      	
              (e)

            	
              Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the
                Company.

            

    

    
      	
              (f)

            	
              The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless
                such Holders have offered, and if requested, provided to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against the losses, liabilities and expenses that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

            

    

    
      	
              (g)

            	
              In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive, incidental or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including,
                but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

            

    

    
      	
              (h)

            	
              The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by a
                Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

            

    

    
      	
              (i)

            	
              The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and
                shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

            

    

    
      	
              (j)

            	
              The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
                notice, request, direction, consent, judgement, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or
                matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company during its regular business hours, personally or by
                agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

            

    

    
       

      

      
        47

        
          

      

      	
              (k)

            	
              The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take
                specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

            

    

    
      	
              (l)

            	
              The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers or duties hereunder.

            

    

    
      	
              (m)

            	
              The permissive rights of the Trustee hereunder shall not be construed as duties.

            

    

    Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee.

    The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same
      rights it would have if it were not Trustee.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been
      qualified under the TIA) or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.  The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 hereof.

    Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer.

    The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s
      use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the
      Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

    Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults.

    If a Default occurs and is continuing and the Trustee is given notice of such occurrence by the Company, the Trustee must give notice of the Default to the Holders within 60 days
      after being notified by the Company. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of trust officers of the Trustee in good
      faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders.

    Section 7.06 Compensation and Indemnity.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              The Company will pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder.  The Trustee’s compensation
                will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Company will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the
                compensation for its services.  Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              The Company and the Guarantors will jointly and severally indemnify the Trustee and its employees, officers, directors and agents against any and all losses,
                liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, the other Notes Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements, including the costs and expenses of
                enforcing this Indenture, the other Notes Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements,  against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the
                Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross
                negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.  The Trustee will notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity.  Failure by the Trustee to so notify the
                Company will not relieve the Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder.  At the request of the Trustee, the Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense.  The Trustee
                may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably
                withheld.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.06 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of
                the Trustee.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              To secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.06, the Trustee will have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
                collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, particular Notes.  Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

            

    

    
      	
              (e)

            	
              When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (5) or (6) of Section 6.01 hereof occurs, the expenses and the
                compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

            

    

    
      	
              (f)

            	
              The Agents shall have the benefit of the provisions of this Article as though they were named as the Trustee herein.

            

    

     

    

    
      48

      
        

    

    Section 7.07 Replacement of Trustee.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as
                provided in this Section 7.07.

            

    

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate
                principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing with 60 days’ prior written notice.  The Company may remove the Trustee if:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company will promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one
                year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at
                least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

            

    

    
      	
              (e)

            	
              If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof, such Holder may petition
                any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

            

    

    
      	
              (f)

            	
              A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the
                retiring Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee
                will promptly, at the expense of the Company, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the
                Lien provided for in Section 7.06 hereof.  Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.06 hereof will continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

            

    

    Section 7.08 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

    If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation
      without any further act will be the successor Trustee.

    Section 7.09 Eligibility; Disqualification.

    There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is
      authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent
      published annual report of condition.

    Section 7.10 Notes Collateral Agent.

    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee in this Indenture shall apply equally to the Notes Collateral Agent, including, without
      limitation, the right to compensation, expense reimbursement and indemnification and the right to resign.

     

    

    
      49

      
        

    

    ARTICLE 8

        LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

    Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or
        Covenant Defeasance.

    The Company may at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03
      hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.

    Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

    Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of
      the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), this Indenture and the Security Documents on the date the conditions set
      forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness
      represented by the outstanding Notes (including the Note Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below,
      and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Note Guarantees, this Indenture and the Security Documents (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the
      same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments
                are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              this Article 8.

            

    

    Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03
      hereof.  In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated
      because of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes specified in Section 6.01 hereof.

    Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance.

    Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and each of the Guarantors will, subject to the satisfaction of
      the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17, 4.18, 4.19  and 4.20 hereof and Section 5.01 (other than
      clauses (1) and (2) of Section 5.01) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and
      the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed
      “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees,
      the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such
      covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified
      above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes and Note Guarantees will be unaffected thereby.  In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of
      the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(3), (4), (5) (with respect only to the Company and Significant Subsidiaries), (6) (with respect
      only to the Company and Significant Subsidiaries), (7) and (8) hereof will not constitute Events of Default.

    Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant
        Defeasance.

    In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination
                thereof, the principal and interest on which will be sufficient for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the applicable redemption date or maturity date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify
                whether the Notes are being defeased to the date of Stated Maturity or to a particular redemption date;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              an Opinion of Counsel in the United States stating that Holders and beneficial owners of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax
                purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred
                (and in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof only, such Opinion of Counsel in the United States must be based on a ruling of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the
                issuance of the Notes);

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, following the deposit, the trust funds
                will not be subject to the effect of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying, defrauding or preferring any creditors
                of the Company; and

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which opinion of counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that that all
                conditions precedent provided for or relating to Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

            

    

    Section 8.05 Deposited Money and Government
        Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

    Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee,
      collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
      provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due
      thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

    The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited
      pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

    Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or
      non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may
      be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

     

    

    
      50

      
        

    

    Section 8.06 Repayment to Company.

    Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on
      any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any,  interest, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and
      the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will
      thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in the New York Times
      and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such
      money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

    Section 8.07 Reinstatement.

    If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by
      reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees
      will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case
      may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company will be
      subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

     

    

    
      51

      
        

    

    ARTICLE 9

        AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

    Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

    Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company, the Trustee and the other parties thereto, as applicable, may amend or
      supplement any Note Documents, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes Intercreditor Agreement and the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement to:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect, error or inconsistency, conform any provision to the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, or reduce the
                minimum denomination of the Notes;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company under any Note Document;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              make such provisions as necessary (as determined in good faith by the Company) for the issuance of Additional Notes;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              provide for any Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee in accordance with Section 4.17 hereof to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to add security to or
                for the benefit of the Notes, or to confirm and evidence the release, termination, discharge or retaking of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination, discharge or retaking is provided for
                under this Indenture;

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the requirements thereof or to
                provide for the accession by the Trustee or Notes Collateral Agent to any Note Document;

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              add additional obligors under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees;

            

    

    
      	
              (10)

            	
              make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to
                facilitate the issuance and administration of Notes; provided, however, that (i) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the
                Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (ii) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;

            

    

    
      	
              (11)

            	
              to add or release Collateral from, or subordinate, the Lien of this Indenture and the Security Documents when permitted or required by the Security Documents, this
                Indenture, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

            

    

    
      	
              (12)

            	
              to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant any other Lien in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee, Notes Collateral Agent and Holders of
                the Notes, as additional security for the payment and performance of all or any portion of the Notes Obligations, on any property or assets, including any which are required to be mortgaged, pledged or hypothecated, or on which a Lien is
                required to be granted to or for the benefit of the Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to this Indenture, any of the Security Documents or otherwise;

            

    

    
      	
              (13)

            	
              to add Additional Parity Lien Secured Parties to any Security Documents, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement; or

            

    

    
      	
              (14)

            	
              make additional Indebtedness subject to the terms of the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement (and join the representatives and
                agents under such additional Indebtedness as parties to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement and/or the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement), in accordance with the terms and conditions of such agreements.

            

    

    Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by
      the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 9.05 hereof, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture or other
      document authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture
      that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

    Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes.

    Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15
      hereof) the Notes, the Note Guarantees, the Note Documents, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Documents with the consent of the Holders of a majority in
      principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes), and,
      subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes, except a payment default
      resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then
      outstanding (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, such Notes).  Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

    In addition, without the consent of at least two-thirds in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not modify any Security
      Document or the provisions of this Indenture dealing with the Security Documents or application of trust moneys in any manner, in each case, that would subordinate the Lien of the Notes Collateral Agent to the Liens securing any other Obligations
      (other than as contemplated under Section 9.01(12)) or otherwise release all or substantially all of the Collateral, in each case other than in accordance with this Indenture, the Security Documents, the ABL Intercreditor Agreement, the Notes
      Intercreditor Agreement and the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

    Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing
      with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 9.05 hereof, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as
      applicable, will join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or other documentation unless such amended or supplemental indenture or other documentation directly affects the Trustee’s or Notes
      Collateral Agent’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent may in their discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture
      or other documentation.

    It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is
      sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.  A consent to any amendment or waiver under this Indenture by any Holder of Notes given in connection with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender.

     

    

    
      52

      
        

    

    After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the
      amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.  Subject to Sections 6.04
      and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note
      Guarantees.  However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (except as provided
                above with respect to Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof);

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the
                Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, premium,
                if any, on, or interest, if any, on the Notes;

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Sections 3.09, 4.10 or 4.15 hereof);

            

    

    
      	
              (8)

            	
              release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

            

    

    
      	
              (9)

            	
              make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

            

    

    Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents.

    Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a
      Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note
      if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

    Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

    The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and
      the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

    Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

    Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

    The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties,
      liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.  The Company may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors of the Company approves it.  In executing any amended or supplemental indenture or other documentation, the Trustee
      and the Notes Collateral Agent will be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
      stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture or other documentation is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

     

    

    
      53

      
        

    

    ARTICLE 10

        COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

    Section 10.01 Security Interest.

    The obligations of the Company with respect to the Notes, the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees, any other future Parity Lien Obligations and the
      performance of all other obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under the Note Documents, in accordance with, and pursuant to, the terms hereunder or thereunder, are secured as provided in the Security Documents.

    Each Holder, by its acceptance of the Notes, consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure
      and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with, and pursuant to, their terms and authorizes and directs the Notes
      Collateral Agent and the Trustee to enter into the applicable Security Documents and to perform their obligations and exercise their rights thereunder in accordance therewith.

    The Company will take, and will cause the Guarantors and the Company’s Subsidiaries to take any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Security Documents to create and
      maintain, as security for the Parity Lien Obligations, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien in and on all the Collateral, in favor of the Notes Collateral Agent for the benefit of itself, the Trustee and the Holders, to the extent required by, and
      with the Lien priority required under, the Security Documents. The Company and the Guarantors will comply with the covenants contained in the Security Documents.

    Section 10.02 Equal and Ratable Sharing of
        Collateral by Holders of Parity Lien Debt.

    Notwithstanding (1) anything to the contrary contained in the Security Documents; (2) the time of Incurrence of any Series of Parity Lien Debt; (3) the order or method of
      attachment or perfection of any Lien securing any Series of Parity Lien Debt; (4) the time or order of filing or recording of financing statements or other documents filed or recorded to perfect any Liens securing any Series of Parity Lien Debt; (5)
      the time of taking possession or control over any Collateral securing any Series of Parity Lien Debt; (6) that any Parity Lien may not have been perfected or may be or have become subordinated, by equitable subordination or otherwise, to any other
      Lien; or (7) the rules for determining priority under any law governing relative priorities of Liens, all Parity Liens granted at any time by the Company or any Guarantor will secure, equally and ratably, all present and future Parity Lien
      Obligations of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

    The provisions in this Section 10.02 are intended for the benefit of, and will be enforceable by, each present and future Parity Lien Claimholder, each present and future Parity
      Lien Representative, the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee, each as a holder of Parity Liens. The Parity Lien Representative of each future Series of Parity Lien Debt will be required to deliver the joinder documentation required by the Parity
      Lien Intercreditor Agreement to the Trustee at the time of Incurrence of such Series of Parity Lien Debt.

    Section 10.03 Relative Rights.

    Nothing in this Indenture or the other Note Documents shall:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              impair, as between the Company and the Holders, the obligation of the Company to pay principal, interest, premium, if any, on the Notes in accordance with their terms
                or any other obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under the Note Documents;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              affect the relative rights of Holders as against any other creditors of the Company or any Guarantor (other than as expressly specified in any Intercreditor Agreement);

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              restrict the right of any Holder to sue for payments that are then due and owing (but not the right to enforce any judgment in respect thereof against any Collateral to
                the extent specifically prohibited by the provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement);

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              restrict or prevent any Holder or holder of other Parity Lien Obligations, the Trustee or any other person from exercising any of its rights or remedies upon a Default
                or Event of Default not specifically restricted or prohibited by the provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement; or

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              restrict or prevent any Holder or holder of other Parity Lien Obligations, the Trustee or any other person from taking any lawful action in an Insolvency or Liquidation
                Proceeding not specifically restricted or prohibited by the provisions of any Intercreditor Agreement.

            

    

    Section 10.04 Further Assurances.

    The Company and each of the Guarantors will do or cause to be done all acts and things that may be reasonably required, to assure and confirm that the Notes Collateral Agent
      holds, for the benefit of the Holders of Obligations under the Note Documents, duly created and enforceable and perfected Liens upon the Collateral (including any property or assets that are acquired or otherwise become Collateral after the Notes are
      issued), in each case, as and to the extent contemplated by, and with the Lien priority required under, the Note Documents.

    Section 10.05 Insurance.

    The Company and the Guarantors shall:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              keep their properties insured and maintain such general liability, automobile liability, workers’ compensation/employers’ liability, property casualty insurance and any
                excess umbrella coverage related to any of the foregoing as is customary for companies in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              maintain such other insurance as may be required by law; and

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              maintain such other insurance as may be required by the Note Documents.

            

    

    Upon the request of the Notes Collateral Agent, the Company and the Guarantors will furnish to the Trustee full information as to their property and liability insurance carriers.
      The Company shall (x) provide the Notes Collateral Agent with notice of cancellation or modification with respect to their respective property and casualty policies before the effective date of such cancellation or modification and (y) name the Notes
      Collateral Agent as a co-loss payee on property and casualty policies and as an additional insured as their respective interests may appear on the liability policies listed in clause (1) of this Section 10.05.

     

    

    
      54

      
        

    

    Section 10.06 Release of Liens in Respect of Notes.

    The Notes Collateral Agent’s Liens upon the Collateral will no longer secure the Notes outstanding under this Indenture or any other Obligations under this Indenture, and the
      right of the Holders of the Notes and such Obligations to the benefits and proceeds of the Notes Collateral Agent’s Liens on the Collateral will terminate and be discharged with respect to the Collateral:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              in part, upon a sale of Collateral in accordance with this Indenture;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
               in whole, upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as described under Section 12.01 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              in whole, upon a legal defeasance or covenant defeasance of the Notes as described under Article 8 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              in whole, upon payment in full and discharge of all Notes outstanding under this Indenture and all Obligations that are outstanding, due and payable under this
                Indenture at the time the Notes are paid in full and discharged;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              in whole or in part, with the consent of the Holders of the requisite percentage of Notes in accordance with the provisions described in Section 9.02 hereof; or

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              if and to the extent required by the provisions of the Security Documents.

            

    

    For the avoidance of doubt, the Company and the Guarantors will not be required to comply with all or any portion of Section 314(d) of the TIA.

    Section 10.07 Authorization of Actions to Be Taken
        by the Trustee Under the Security Documents.

    At any time that the security granted pursuant to the Security Documents has become enforceable and the Holders have given a direction to the Trustee to enforce such security,
      the Trustee is not required to give any direction to the Notes Collateral Agent with respect thereto unless it has been indemnified or secured to its satisfaction in accordance with this Indenture.  In any event, in connection with any enforcement of
      such security, the Trustee is not responsible for:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              any failure of the Notes Collateral Agent to enforce such security within a reasonable time or at all;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              any failure of the Notes Collateral Agent to pay over the proceeds of enforcement of the security;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              any failure of the Notes Collateral Agent to realize such security for the best price obtainable;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              monitoring the activities of the Notes Collateral Agent in relation to such enforcement;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              taking any enforcement action itself in relation to such security;

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              agreeing to any proposed course of action by the Notes Collateral Agent which could result in the Trustee incurring any liability for its own account; or

            

    

    
      	
              (7)

            	
              paying any fees, costs or expenses of the Notes Collateral Agent.

            

    

    Section 10.08 Authorization of Receipt of Funds by
        the Trustee Under the Security Documents.

    The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders distributed under the Security Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the
      Holders according to the provisions of this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreements.

     

    

    
      55

      
        

    

    Section 10.09 Real Property.

    The Company and the Guarantors shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent within 90 days following the Issue Date (or such longer period as the Notes Collateral Agent, acting at
      the direction of the Holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, may reasonably agree or, if such Holders fail to so direct the Notes Collateral Agent, within 120 days following the Issue Date), with respect
      to each real property asset owned by the Company or any Guarantor listed on Schedule A attached hereto (the “Initial Mortgaged Property”), the following:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              fully executed and notarized mortgages, deeds of trust or debentures encumbering the fee interest of the Company or any Guarantor in each such Initial Mortgaged
                Property, together with such UCC-1 financing statements or other fixture filings as shall be required or advisable with respect to such Initial Mortgaged Property;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              a fully paid and effective pro forma title insurance policy, along with endorsements and in amounts, reasonably acceptable to the Notes Collateral Agent (not to exceed
                the value of the Initial Mortgaged Properties covered thereby), appropriate title affidavits, surveys, and zoning reports, in each case if required, and any other customary documents, certificates or deliverables required by a title company
                for each Initial Mortgaged Property, which, upon the recording of the mortgages, deeds of trust or debentures, as applicable, will insure the mortgages, deeds of trust or debentures, as applicable, to be valid and subsisting Liens on the
                Initial Mortgaged Property described therein, free and clear of all material Liens, except Permitted Liens;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              a written opinion from local counsel in each jurisdiction in which the Initial Mortgaged Property is located with respect to the creation and enforceability of Liens
                created by the applicable mortgage, deed of trust or debenture and any related fixture filings, in customary form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Notes Collateral Agent;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
               a written opinion from counsel in each jurisdiction of organization of the owner of the applicable Initial Mortgaged Property covering the due authorization,
                execution, delivery and other customary matters related to the Mortgages, in customary form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Notes Collateral Agent;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              at any time and from time to time, promptly execute and deliver any and all further instruments and documents and take all such other action as the Notes Collateral
                Agent in its reasonable judgment may deem necessary in obtaining the full benefits of, or in perfecting and preserving the Liens of, such mortgages, deeds of trust or debentures; and

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              prior to accepting any mortgage, deed of trust or debenture pursuant to this Section 10.10, the Company shall deliver to the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee an
                Officer’s Certificate to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture to the delivery of such mortgage, deed of trust or debenture, as applicable, have been complied with.

            

    

    With respect to the time periods set forth in this Section 10.09, if any government office required for an action is closed on one or more days on which it would normally be
      open, the applicable time periods set forth above shall not commence until the 3rd business or working day following the latest date such government office was closed on a day on which it would normally be open.

    Section 10.10 Trustee’s Duties with Respect to
        Collateral; Rights of Notes Collateral Agent.

    Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody thereof, the Trustee shall have no duty as to any Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of
      any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Trustee shall not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any
      documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. The Trustee shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the
      Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property and shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Collateral, by reason of
      the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee in good faith.

    The Trustee shall not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in
      any of the Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, for the validity or sufficiency of the Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of
      the title of the Company to the Collateral, for insuring the Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Collateral. The Trustee shall have no duty to ascertain
      or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms of this Indenture or the Security Documents by the Company, the Guarantors or the Notes Collateral Agent.

    Without prejudice to Section 7.10, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee under this Section 10.11 shall be equally applicable to the Notes Collateral Agent.
      Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action or exercise any discretion under the Security Documents or with respect to the Collateral unless such action is directed pursuant to
      Section 6.05 hereof (subject to Sections 7.01(c)(3) and 7.02(f) hereof), it being understood that the duties and obligations of the Notes Collateral Agent under the Security Documents shall be wholly ministerial.

    If in order to perfect the security interest of the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent in a deposit account or a securities account, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent
      is required to enter into a control agreement, the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent shall not be required to enter into any such agreement that requires the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to indemnify any Person from its own personal
      assets.

    Section 10.11 Holder Direction.

    Each Holder, by accepting a Note, shall be deemed (1) to have consented and agreed to the terms of the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements and any additional Intercreditor Agreement entered into in
      compliance with the provisions hereof or of any Intercreditor Agreement as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and authorizes and directs the Notes Collateral Agent to enter into the Security
      Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith, (2) to have authorized the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, to enter into the Security Documents, the Intercreditor Agreements
      and any additional Intercreditor Agreement, to make any representations on behalf of the Holders in the Intercreditor Agreements and any additional Intercreditor Agreement and to be bound thereby and (3) to have irrevocably appointed and authorized
      the Notes Collateral Agent and the Trustee to give effect to the provisions in the Intercreditor Agreements, any additional Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Documents.  The Notes Collateral Agent is hereby authorized to exercise such rights
      and powers as are specifically delegated to it by the terms of the Security Documents and the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent are directed to enter into and perform the Notes Intercreditor Agreement. The Trustee may conclusively assume that the
      document identified as the Notes Intercreditor Agreement in a request from the Company to the Trustee to execute the Notes Intercreditor Agreement meets the requirements of this Section 10.11.  The Holders acknowledge that the Notes Collateral Agent
      is an agent and not a trustee.

     

    

     

    

    
      56

      
        

    

    

    

    ARTICLE 11

        NOTE GUARANTEES

    Section 11.01 Guarantee.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the
                Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
               the principal of, premium, if any, on, and interest, if any, on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or
                otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in
                full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in
                accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

            

    

    Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same
      immediately.  Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

    
      	
              (b)

            	
              The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this
                Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or
                any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of
                insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of
                the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.

            

    

    
      	
              (c)

            	
              If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar
                official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

            

    

    
      	
              (d)

            	
              Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment
                in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.  Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be
                accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the
                event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Note Guarantee. 
                The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

            

    

    Section 11.02 Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

    Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute
      a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee.  To effectuate the
      foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and
      fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such
      other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

    Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery of Note
        Guarantee.

    To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached as
      Exhibit E hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.

    Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a
      notation of such Note Guarantee.

    If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Note Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Note Guarantee
      is endorsed, the Note Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

    The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of
      the Guarantors.

    In the event that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Domestic Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture, if required by Section 4.17
      hereof, the Company will cause such Domestic Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and this Article 11, to the extent applicable.

     

    

    
      57

      
        

    

    Section 11.04 Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on
        Certain Terms.

    
      	
              (a)

            	
              No Guarantor may

            

    

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              sell, convey, transfer, lease or dispose of, all or substantially all its assets, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to any Person, or

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              permit any Person to merge with or into the Guarantor, unless:

            

    

    
      	
              (A)

            	
              the other Person is the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction; or

            

    

    
      	
              (B)

            	
              (1) either (x) a Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under
                its Guarantee of the Notes and the Security Documents; and (2) immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no Default has occurred and is continuing; or

            

    

    
      	
              (C)

            	
              the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of the Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or
                substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture.

            

    

    In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee
      and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person will succeed
      to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.  Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Note Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable
      hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee.  All the Note Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore
      and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Note Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

    Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into
      the Company or another Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another Guarantor.

    Section 11.05 Releases.

    The Note Guarantee of a Guarantor will terminate upon:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              a sale or other disposition (including by way of stock issuance, consolidation or merger) of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which such Guarantor is not a
                Restricted Subsidiary or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the designation in accordance with this Indenture of the Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the occurrence of any event after which the Guarantor is no longer a
                Restricted Subsidiary;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              defeasance or discharge of the Notes, as provided in Article 8 and Article 12 hereof;

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              to the extent that such Guarantor is not an Immaterial Subsidiary solely due to the operation of the proviso of the definition of “Immaterial Subsidiary,” upon the
                release of the guarantee referred to in such clause;

            

    

    
      	
              (5)

            	
              to the extent such Guarantor is also a guarantor or borrower under the Credit Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date at the time it (x) has been released from its
                guarantee of, and all pledges and security, if any, granted in connection with the Credit Agreement (except a release by or as a result of a payment thereon) and (y) to the extent such Guarantor was required to provide a Note Guarantee
                pursuant to Section 4.17 hereof upon the release or discharge of the guarantee of such Guarantor of each of the obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that gave rise to the requirement to provide such Note Guarantee or
                the repayment of each of the obligations of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries that gave rise to the obligation to provide such Note Guarantee; or

            

    

    
      	
              (6)

            	
              upon the achievement of Investment Grade Status by the Notes; provided that such Note Guarantee shall be reinstated upon the Reversion Date.

            

    

    Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee as provided in this Section 11.05 will remain liable for the full amount of principal of, premium on, if
      any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article 11.

     

    

    
      58

      
        

    

    ARTICLE 12

        SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

    Section 12.01 Satisfaction and Discharge.

    This Indenture and the Security Documents will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              either (a) all the Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Notes and certain Notes for which provision for payment
                was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (b) all Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable,
                (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the
                name, and at the expense, of the Company;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              the Company has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, as applicable, the principal and
                interest on which will be sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of deposit (in the case of
                Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions precedent under this Section 12.01
                have been complied with; provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3)).

            

    

    Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to clause (2) of this Section 12.01, the provisions of
      Sections 12.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive.  In addition, nothing in this Section 12.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.06 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

    Section 12.02 Application of Trust Money.

    Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance
      with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal,
      premium, if any, and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

    If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 12.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any
      order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no
      deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 12.01 hereof; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium on, if any, or interest, if any, on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of
      its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

     

    

    
      59

      
        

    

    ARTICLE 13

        MISCELLANEOUS

    Section 13.01 Notices.

    Any notice or communication by the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or by first
      class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

    If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

      

      

      Urban One, Inc.

      1010 Wayne Avenue, 14th Floor

      Silver Spring, Maryland 20910

      Facsimile No.:  (301) 628-5578

      Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

    With a copy to:

      Kirkland & Ellis LLP

      300 North LaSalle Street

      Chicago, Illinois 60654

      Facsimile No.:  (312) 862-2232

      Attention:  Dennis M. Myers, P.C.

    If to the Trustee:

      Wilmington Trust, National Association

      50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

      Minneapolis, MN 55402

      Facsimile No.:  612-217-5651

      Attention:  Urban One Notes Administrator

    If to the Notes Collateral Agent:

      Wilmington Trust, National Association

      50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

      Minneapolis, MN 55402

      Facsimile No.:  612-217-5651

      Attention:  Urban One Notes Administrator

    The Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee or the Notes Collateral Agent, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
      communications.

    All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business
      Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day
      delivery.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to any Holder of an interest in a Global Note (whether by mail or
      otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to DTC or any other applicable depositary for such Note (or its designee) according to the applicable procedures of DTC or such depositary.

    Any notice or communication to a Holder will be delivered electronically or mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air
      courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar.  Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

    If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

    If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee, the Notes Collateral Agent and each Agent at the same time.

    Section 13.02 Certificate and Opinion as to
        Conditions Precedent.

    Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              an Officer’s Certificate satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers,
                all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 13.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
                all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

            

    

    Section 13.03 Statements Required in Certificate or
        Opinion.

    Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include:

    
      	
              (1)

            	
              a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

            

    

    
      	
              (2)

            	
              a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are
                based;

            

    

    
      	
              (3)

            	
              a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed
                opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and

            

    

    
      	
              (4)

            	
              a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.

            

    

    Section 13.04 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

    The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its
      functions.

    Section 13.05 No Personal Liability of Directors,
        Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

    No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as such, shall have any liability for any
      obligations of the Company under the Note Documents or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part
      of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

     

    

    
      60

      
        

    

    Section 13.06 Governing Law; Jurisdiction.

    THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES AND THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
      APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

    The parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, over any suit,
      action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the parties irrevocably waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not
      subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought
      in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

    Section 13.07 No Adverse Interpretation of Other
        Agreements.

    This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person.  Any such indenture, loan or
      debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

    Section 13.08 Successors.

    All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors.  All agreements
      of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 11.05 hereof.

    Section 13.09 Severability.

    In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in
      any way be affected or impaired thereby.

    Section 13.10 Counterpart Originals.

    The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. Any signature to this
      Indenture may be delivered by facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf) or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000 or the New York Electronic Signature and Records Act or other transmission method and any
      counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to any amendment,
      extension or renewal of this Indenture.

    Section 13.11 Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

    The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be
      considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

    Section 13.12 Force Majeure.

    In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or
      indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, epidemics, and interruptions, loss or
      malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services or other unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or other wire or communication facility; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts
      which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

    Section 13.13 U.S.A. Patriot Act.

    The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct
      Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “U.S.A. Patriot Act”), the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent, like all U.S. financial institutions, in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is
      required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee and the Notes Collateral Agent
      with such information as they may request in order to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. Patriot Act.

    Section 13.14 JURY TRIAL
        WAIVER

    EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
      PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

    

    

     [Signatures on following page]

    
      61

      
        

    

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first written above.

    

    

    Urban One, Inc.

    

    

    

    

    	

          	By:	
            /s/ Peter D. Thompson

              Name: Peter D. Thompson

              Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial

          

                    Officer

    RADIO ONE LICENSES, LLC

    BELL BROADCASTING COMPANY

    RADIO ONE OF DETROIT, LLC

    RADIO ONE OF CHARLOTTE, LLC

    CHARLOTTE BROADCASTING, LLC

    RADIO ONE OF NORTH CAROLINA, LLC

    RADIO ONE OF BOSTON, INC.

    RADIO ONE OF BOSTON LICENSES, LLC

    BLUE CHIP BROADCASTING, LTD.

    BLUE CHIP BROADCASTING LICENSES, LTD.

    RADIO ONE OF INDIANA, LLC

    RADIO ONE OF INDIANA, L.P.

    RADIO ONE OF TEXAS II, LLC

    SATELLITE ONE, L.L.C.

    RADIO ONE CABLE HOLDINGS, LLC

    NEW MABLETON BROADCASTING CORPORATION

    RADIO ONE MEDIA HOLDINGS, LLC

    RADIO ONE DISTRIBUTION HOLDINGS, LLC

    INTERACTIVE ONE, INC.

    INTERACTIVE ONE, LLC

    DISTRIBUTION ONE, LLC

    REACH MEDIA, INC.

    GAFFNEY BROADCASTING, LLC

    RADIO ONE URBAN NETWORK HOLDINGS, LLC

    IO ACQUISITION SUB, LLC

    TV ONE, LLC

    as Guarantors

    

    

    By: /s/ Peter D. Thompson________________

      Name:Peter D. Thompson

      Title: Vice President

    

    

    

    

    
      
        

    

    Wilmington Trust, National Association,

      as Trustee

    	

          	By:	
            

              Name:

              Title:

          

    

    

    Wilmington Trust, National Association,

      as Notes Collateral Agent

    	

          	By:	
            

              Name:

              Title:

          

    

    

    

    

    

    

    
      
        

    

    Schedule A

    Mortgaged Property

    

    

    	
            Address

          	
            Owner

          
	
            9466 Ridge Road, North Royalton, Ohio

          	
            Blue Chip Broadcasting, Ltd.

          

    

    

    

    

    
      
        

    

    
      [Face of Note]

    

    CUSIP/CINS  [91705JAA3]1_ [91705JAB1]2 [U9155TAA5]3

    8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

    No. ___ $____________

    Urban One, Inc.

    promises to pay to                or registered assigns,

    the principal sum of __________________________________________________________ DOLLARS, or such other amount as set forth on the Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached
      hereto, on December 15, 2022.

    Interest Payment Dates:  January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15.

    Record Dates:  January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1.

    Dated:  _______________

    Urban One, Inc.

      

      

      

      

      By: 

       Name:

       Title:

    This is one of the Notes referred to

      in the within-mentioned Indenture:

    Wilmington Trust, National Association,

        as Trustee

    	By:	
            

              Authorized Signatory

          

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    	1	
            NTD: This is the CUSIP we will use for the 144A Notes.

          

    

    

    	2	
            NTD: This is the CUSIP we will use for the IA Notes.

          

    

    

    	3	
            NTD: This is the CUSIP we will use for the Reg S Notes.

          

    
      
        

    

    [Back of Note]

      8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

    [Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

    [Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

    Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

    (1) Interest.  Urban One, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay or cause to be paid interest on the principal amount of this Note at 8.75% per annum from
      ________________, ___ until maturity.  The Company will pay interest, if any, quarterly in arrears on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”).  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided
      that, if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided
        further that the first Interest Payment Date shall be _____________, _____.  The Company will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy
      Law) on overdue principal at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest, if any (without
      regard to any applicable grace period), at the same rate to the extent lawful.

    Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

    (2) Method of Payment.  The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest), if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1, April 1, July 1 or
      October 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest.  The Notes
      will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest, if any, may be made by
      check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of,
      premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent.  Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the United
      States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

    (3) Paying Agent and Registrar.  Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.  The Company may change the Paying
      Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes.  The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

    (4) Indenture.  The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of November 9, 2020 (the “Indenture”) among the Company, the Guarantors and
      the Trustee and Notes Collateral Agent.  The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms.  To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the
      Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.  The Indenture does not limit the aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be issued thereunder.

    (5) Optional Redemption. The Company may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
      such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date.

    Unless the Company defaults in the payment of the redemption price, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on the
      applicable redemption date.

    (6) Mandatory Redemption.

    (a) Except as set forth in clauses (b) and (c)
      below, the Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

    (b) Within 90 days after the Issue Date the
      Company will repurchase or repay (pursuant to a tender offer but not through open market purchases) or redeem $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Notes at a purchase price or redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such
      Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the expiration date of the tender offer or the redemption date, as applicable; provided that (i) the delivery of an irrevocable notice of redemption and (ii) the Company depositing or causing to be
      deposited with the Trustee, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, as applicable, the principal and interest on which will be sufficient to pay and discharge such Notes, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the
      redemption date, in each case, prior to the expiration of such 90 day period shall constitute a redemption of the aggregate principal amount of notes specified in such notice for the purposes of this sentence.

    (c) Within 5 business days after each Excess
      Cash Flow Calculation Date (as defined in the Indenture), the Company shall (i) issue an irrevocable notice of redemption to redeem an aggregate principal amount of notes equal to 50% of the Excess Cash Flow (as defined in the Indenture) for the
      related Excess Cash Flow Calculation Period (as defined in the Indenture) (each such redemption a “Mandatory Excess Cash Flow Redemption”) and (ii) deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee, money or
      U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, as applicable, the principal and interest on which will be sufficient to pay and discharge such Notes, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the redemption date; provided that
      repurchases, repayments or redemption of Notes with internally generated funds during the applicable Excess Cash Flow Calculation Period shall reduce on a dollar-for-dollar basis the amount of such Mandatory Excess Cash Flow Redemption otherwise
      required on the applicable Excess Cash Flow Calculation Date. Any Mandatory Excess Cash Flow Redemption shall be at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption
      date, and the redemption date for each Mandatory Excess Cash Flow Redemption shall be the 30th day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) after the date the related notice of redemption is delivered
      electronically or mailed by first class mail. For the avoidance of doubt, the term Excess Cash Flow shall be read, defined, construed and applied in a manner at all times consistent as such term is read, defined, construed and applied in the
      Unsecured Term Loan Agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date.

    (7) Repurchase at the Option of Holder.

    (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control,
      unless the Company has previously or concurrently delivered a redemption notice (that may only be conditional upon the occurrence of such Change of Control) with respect to all the outstanding Notes as set forth under Section 3.07 of the Indenture,
      the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to but excluding the date of
      repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of the Notes of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company will deliver notice of such
      Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of Notes at the address of such Holder appearing in the security register or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of DTC, setting forth
      the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

    (b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
      of the Company consummates any Asset Disposition, on the 366th day after such Asset Disposition, if the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will make an Asset Disposition Offer to all Holders of Notes and
      all holders of other Pari Passu Indebtedness to purchase, prepay or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets in accordance with the Indenture to purchase, prepay or redeem the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Pari Passu Indebtedness (plus all accrued interest on the Indebtedness and the amount of all fees and expenses, including premiums, incurred in connection therewith) that may be purchased, prepaid or redeemed out of the
      Excess Proceeds.  The offer price in any Asset Disposition Offer will be equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, prepayment or redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on
      the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date, and will be payable in cash.  If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any
      purpose not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture.  If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in (or required to be prepaid or redeemed in connection with) such Asset Disposition Offer exceeds the amount of
      Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis, based on the amounts tendered or required to be prepaid or redeemed or as otherwise in accordance with the applicable
      procedures of the Depositary.  Upon completion of each Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero.  Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Disposition Offer from the
      Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes.

    (8) Notice of Redemption.  At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company will deliver electronically or mail by
      first class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a
      defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 12 thereof.  Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in minimum denominations of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; except
      that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased.

    (9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in registered form in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be
      exchanged as provided in the Indenture.  The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law
      or permitted by the Indenture.  The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.  Also, the Company need not
      exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

     

    

    
      
        

    

    (10) Security. The Notes will be secured on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture and the Security Documents. Each Holder, by accepting this Note,
      consents and agrees to the terms of the Security Documents (including the provisions providing for the foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and the
      Indenture and authorizes and directs the Trustee and/or the Notes Collateral Agent, as applicable, to enter into the Security Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.

    (11) Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered Holders have rights under the Indenture.

    (12) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver.  Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at
      least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes or
      the Note Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class.  Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the
      Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect, error or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to provide for the assumption of
      the Company’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders of the Notes and Note Guarantees by a successor to the Company or such Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture, to make any change that would add to the covenants or provide for a Guarantee for the 
      benefit of the Holders of the Notes or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or that does not adversely affect the rights under the Indenture of any Holder, to conform the text of the Indenture, the
      Notes, or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to allow any Guarantor
      to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

    (13) Defaults and Remedies.  Events of Default include:  (i) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, continued for 30 days; (ii) default in the payment of the
      principal amount of or premium, if any, on any Note issued under this Indenture when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure to comply with Section 3.08(c) of the
      Indenture for 30 days or failure to comply with Section 3.08(b) of the Indenture; (iv) failure to comply with the Company’s agreements or obligations contained in the Indenture or the Security Documents (as defined in the Indenture) for 60 days after
      written notice by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders or by the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes which notice requires that the default be remedied and states that it is a notice of default under this Indenture; provided that the Company shall have 120 days after the receipt of such notice to remedy, or receive a waiver for, a failure to comply with Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (v) default under any mortgage, indenture
      or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company any of its
      Restricted Subsidiaries) other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date hereof, which (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of such
      Indebtedness, at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) provided in such Indebtedness, or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its stated final maturity, and, in each case under (a)
      and/or (b) above, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $15.0 million
      or more; (vi) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or court protection of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated
      financial statements for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; (vii) failure by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or group of Restricted Subsidiaries that together (determined as of the most
      recent consolidated financial statements of the Company for a fiscal period end provided as required under Section 4.03 of the Indenture) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay certain final judgments aggregating in excess of $15.0
      million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period of 60 days; (viii) any Guarantee of the Notes ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or a Guarantor denies or
      disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee of the Notes, other than in accordance with the terms thereof or upon release of such Guarantee in accordance with the Indenture.  In the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of
      bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice; and (ix) with respect to any Collateral (as defined in the Indenture) constituting more than $10.0
      million individually or in the aggregate, any of the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect, or any of the Security Documents ceases to give the holders of the Notes the Liens purported to be created thereby, or any of the Security
      Documents is declared null and void or the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary denies in writing that it has any further liability under any Security Document or gives written notice to such effect, as set forth in Section 6.01 of the Indenture.  If
      any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately.  Holders may not enforce the
      Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
      exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of the Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating
      to the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest, if any,) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may, on
      behalf of all the Holders of Notes, rescind an acceleration or waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its respective consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium
      on, if any, or interest, if any, on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase).  The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required, upon
      becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

    (14) Trustee Dealings with Company.  The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and
      may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

    (15) No Recourse Against Others.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the
      Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
      liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.  The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

    (16) Authentication.  This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

    (17) Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of
      survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

    (18) CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use
      CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other
      identification numbers placed thereon.

    (19) GOVERNING LAW.  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT
      TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

    The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture.  Requests may be made to:

    Urban One, Inc.

    1010 Wayne Avenue, 14th Floor

    Silver Spring, Maryland 20910

    Attention:  Investor Relations

    

    

    
      
        

    

    Assignment Form

    To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

    (I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: 

    (Insert assignee’s legal name)

     

    

    (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

     

    

     

    

     

    

     

    

    (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

    and irrevocably appoint 

      to transfer this Note on the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

    Date:  _______________

    Your Signature: 

    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

    

    

    Signature Guarantee*:  _________________________

    

    

    * Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

    
      
        

    

    Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

    If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

     Section 4.10  Section 4.15

    If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have
      purchased:

    $_______________

    

    

    Date:  _______________

    Your Signature: 

    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

    Tax Identification No.: 

    

    

    Signature Guarantee*:  _________________________

    

    

    * Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

    

    

    
      
        

    

    Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note *

    The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive
      Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

    

    

    	
            Date of Exchange

          	
            Amount of decrease in Principal Amount

              of

              this Global Note

          	
            Amount of increase in Principal Amount

              of

              this Global Note

          	
            Principal Amount

              of this Global Note following such decrease

              (or increase)

          	
            Signature of authorized officer of Trustee or Custodian

          
	 	 	 	 	 

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    

    	*	
            This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

          

    

    

    
      
        

    

     EXHIBIT B

    

     

    

    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

    Urban One, Inc.

      1010 Wayne Avenue, 14th Floor

      Silver Spring, Maryland 20910

    Wilmington Trust, National Association

      50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

      Minneapolis, MN 55402

    Re:  8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

    Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among Urban One, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

    ___________________, (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A
      hereto, in the principal amount of $___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified
      in Annex A hereto.  In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

    [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

    1. ◻  Check if Transferee will take delivery of a
          beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule 144A.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing
      the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the
      meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
      with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note
      and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

    2.  ◻ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a
          beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and,
      accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any
      Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor
      nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under
      the Securities Act and (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.    Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
      transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
      Securities Act.

    3.  ◻   Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note
          pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S.  The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and
      Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

    (a) ◻   such Transfer is being effected
      pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

    or

    (b) ◻   such Transfer is being effected to the
      Company or a subsidiary thereof;

    or

    (c) ◻   such Transfer is being effected
      pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

    or

    (d) ◻   such Transfer is being effected to an
      Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any
      general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the
      requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of
      transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
      consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI
      Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

    4. ◻   Check if Transferee
          will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

    (a) ◻   Check
        if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue
      sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon consummation of
      the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
      Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

    (b) ◻   Check
        if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S.  (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any
      applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.  Upon
      consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed
      on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

    (c) ◻   Check
        if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption.  The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance
      with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required
      in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on
      transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

    This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

    

      

       [Insert Name of Transferor]

    

    

    By: 

       Name:

       Title:

    Dated:  _______________________

    
      
        

    

    ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

    1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

    [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

    (a)    a beneficial interest in the:

    (i) ◻   144A Global Note (CUSIP__________), or

    (ii) ◻   Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

    (iii) ◻   IAI Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

    (b)  ◻   a Restricted Definitive Note.

    2. After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

    [CHECK ONE]

    (a)  ◻   a beneficial interest in the:

    (i) ◻   144A Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

    (ii) ◻   Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP  __________), or

    (iii) ◻   IAI Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

    (iv) ◻ Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ___________); or

    (b)  ◻   a Restricted Definitive Note; or

    (c)  ◻   an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

    in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

    
      
        

    

     
     EXHIBIT C

    

     

    

    FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

    Urban One, Inc.

      1010 Wayne Avenue, 14th Floor

      Silver Spring, Maryland 20910

    Wilmington Trust, National Association

      50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

      Minneapolis, MN 55402

    Re:  8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

    (CUSIP  [91705JAA3]4 [91705JAB1]5 [U9155TAA5]6 )

    Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among Urban One, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

    __________________________, (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the
      principal amount of $____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”).  In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

    1. Exchange of Restricted
          Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

    (a)  ◻ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. 
      In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
      acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
      “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
      beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

    (b)  ◻ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the
      Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has
      been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
      Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

    (c)  ◻ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note.  In connection with the
      Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has
      been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
      Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

    (d)  ◻ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a
      Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with
      the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
      maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

    2. Exchange of Restricted
          Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

    (a)  ◻ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note.  In connection with the
      Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
      without transfer.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
      printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

    (b)  ◻ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.  In connection with the
      Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] ◻ 144A Global Note, ◻ Regulation S Global Note, ◻ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest
      is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act,
      and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.  Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the
      restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

    This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

    

      

       [Insert Name of Transferor]

    

    

    By: 

       Name:

       Title:

    Dated:  ______________________

    

    

    

    

    

    	4	
            NTD: This is the CUSIP we will use for the 144A Notes.

          

    

    

    	5	
            NTD: This is the CUSIP we will use for the IA Notes.

          

    

    

    	6	
            NTD: This is the CUSIP we will use for the Reg S Notes.

          

    
      
        

    

     EXHIBIT D

    

     

    

    FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

    ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

    

    

    

    

    Urban One, Inc.

      1010 Wayne Avenue, 14th Floor

      Silver Spring, Maryland 20910

    Wilmington Trust, National Association

      50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290

      Minneapolis, MN 55402

    Re:  8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

    (CUSIP  [91705JAA3]7 [91705JAB1]8 [U9155TAA5]9 )

    

    

    Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 9, 2020 (the “Indenture”), among Urban One, Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

    In connection with our proposed purchase of $____________ aggregate principal amount of:

    (a) ◻ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

    (b) ◻ a Definitive Note,

    we confirm that:

    
      	
              1.

            	
              We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to
                be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act.

            

    

    
      	
              2.

            	
              We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as
                permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or
                any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer,
                furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes, at the time of
                transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of
                Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person
                purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the  requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as
                stated herein.

            

    

    
      	
              3.

            	
              We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other
                information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

            

    

    
      	
              4.

            	
              We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial
                and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

            

    

    
      	
              5.

            	
              We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to
                each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

            

    

    You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or
      legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

    

      

       [Insert Name of Accredited Investor]

    

    

    By: 

       Name:

       Title:

    Dated: _______________________

    

    

    

    

    

    	7	
            NTD: This is the CUSIP we will use for the 144A Notes.

          

    

    

    	8	
            NTD: This is the CUSIP we will use for the IA Notes.

          

    

    

    	9	
            NTD: This is the CUSIP we will use for the Reg S Notes.

          

    
      
        

    

     EXHIBIT E

    

     

    

    FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE

    For value received, each Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth
      in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of November 9, 2020 (the “Indenture”) among Urban One, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),
      the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the
      Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of, premium on, if any, and interest, if any, on, the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance
      of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will
      be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.  The obligations of the Guarantors to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant
      to the Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Note Guarantee.  Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and
      shall be bound by such provisions and (b) appoints the Trustee attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose.

    Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

    [Name of Guarantor(s)]

    

    

    By: 

       Name:

       Title:

    
      
        

    

     EXHIBIT F

    

     

    

    FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

      TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

    Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of ________________,
      among __________________ (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Urban One, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the
      Company, the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”).

    W I T N E S S E T H

    WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of November 9, 2020
      providing for the issuance of [8.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2022] (the “Notes”);

    WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which
      the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Note Guarantee”); and

    WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the
      Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

    1. Capitalized Terms. 
      Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

    2. Agreement to Guarantee. 
      The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Note Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 11 thereof.

    3. No Recourse Against
        Others.  No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Note Guarantees
      or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the
      Notes.  The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

    4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN.  THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW
      YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

    5. Counterparts. 
      The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture.  Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

    6 Effect of Headings. 
      The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

    7. The Trustee. 
      The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the
      Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

    
      
        

    

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

    Dated:  _______________,

    [Guaranteeing Subsidiary]

    By: 

       Name:

       Title:

    [Company]

    By: 

       Name:

       Title:

    [Existing Guarantors]

    By: 

       Name:

       Title:

    [Trustee],

        as Trustee

    By: 

       Authorized Signatory

    

    

    

    

    
      
        

    

    EXHIBIT G

    

      FORM OF NOTES INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

      This INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from
        time to time, this “Agreement”) dated as of November 9, 2020, is between WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as 7.375% Notes Representative
        and 7.375% Notes Collateral Agent (each as defined below) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as 8.75% Notes Representative and 8.75% Notes Collateral Agent (each as defined below), and acknowledged and agreed to by URBAN ONE, INC.
        (formerly known as Radio One, Inc.) (the “Company”) and the other Grantors (as defined below). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein
        have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement (as defined below).

      RECITALS:

      WHEREAS, the Company is party to that certain Indenture dated as of April 17, 2015 (as amended, restated, amended
        and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “7.375% Notes Indenture”) governing that certain 7.375% Senior Secured
        Notes due 2022 (the “7.375% Notes”), by and among the Company, as issuer, the other guarantors from time to time party thereto (together with the
        Company, the “Grantors”) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “7.375% Notes Representative”) and collateral agent (“7.375% Notes Collateral
          Agent”);

      WHEREAS, the Company is party to that certain Indenture dated as of November 9, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time the “8.75%
          Notes Indenture” and together with the 7.375% Notes Indenture, the “Indentures”) governing that certain 8.75% Senior Secured Notes due
        2022 (the “8.75% Notes”), by and among the Company, as issuer, the Grantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (in such
        capacity, the “8.75% Notes Representative” and together with the 7.375% Notes Representative, the “Representatives”) and collateral agent (the “8.75% Notes Collateral Agent” and
        together with the 7.375% Notes Collateral Agent, the “Collateral Agents”);

      WHEREAS the 7.375% Notes Representative, the 7.375% Notes Collateral Agent, the 8.75% Notes Representative and
        the 8.75% Notes Collateral Agent are parties to that certain Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 17, 2015 (the “Parity Lien
          Intercreditor Agreement”), by and among Jefferies Finance LLC, as the Initial Parity Lien Representative and the Initial Parity Lien Collateral Agent (each as defined in the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement), the 7.375% Notes
        Representative, as the Initial Other Representative and the 7.375 Notes Collateral Agent, as Initial Other Collateral Agent (as defined in the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement), the 8.75% Notes Representative, as an Additional Parity Lien
        Representative and the 8.75 Notes Collateral Agent, as Additional Parity Lien Collateral Agent (as defined in the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement) and each additional representative and collateral agent from time to time party thereto, and
        acknowledged and agreed to by the Company and the Grantors;

      WHEREAS the 7.375% Notes Representative, the 7.375% Notes Collateral Agent, the 8.75% Notes Representative and
        the 8.75% Notes Collateral Agent are parties to that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2016 (the “ABL Intercreditor Agreement”),
        by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the Initial ABL Collateral Agent (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), the 7.375% Notes Representative, as the Notes Trustee, the 7.375% Notes Collateral Agent, as the Notes
        Collateral Agent (each as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), Guggenheim Securities Credit Partners, LLC, as the Credit Agreement Administrative Agent and The Bank of New York Mellon, as the Credit Agreement Collateral Agent (each as
        defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement), the 8.75% Notes Representative, as a Parity Lien Representative (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) and each additional parity lien representative and ABL collateral agent from time to time
        party thereto, and acknowledged and agreed to by the Company and the Grantors; and

      WHEREAS each Indenture directs its respective Representative to enter into this Agreement pursuant to which any
        Proceeds (as defined in the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement) received by the 7.375% Notes Representative or the 7.375% Notes Collateral Agent pursuant to the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall be turned over to the 8.75% Notes
        Representative to the extent of the amounts owed to holders of the 8.75% Notes then outstanding to be distributed to the holders of the 8.75% Notes in accordance with the 8.75% Notes Indenture.

      AGREEMENT:

      In consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and obligations herein set forth and for other good and
        valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

      
        	
                1.

              	
                Application of Proceeds.

              

      

      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement or the Parity Lien
        Intercreditor Agreement, until the Discharge of the Parity Lien Obligations with respect to the 8.75% Notes, the 7.375% Notes Representative and the 7.375% Notes Collateral Agent hereby agrees that it will promptly turn over all Proceeds up to the
        amount of Parity Lien Obligations then outstanding with respect to the 8.75% Notes that it receives pursuant to the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement for the benefit of the holders of the 7.375% Notes to the 8.75% Notes Representative to be
        distributed by the 8.75% Notes Representative to the holders of the 8.75% Notes in accordance with the 8.75% Notes Indenture.

      
        	
                2.

              	
                Integration/Conflict.

              

      

      This Agreement represents the entire agreement of each Representative with respect to the subject matter hereof
        and supersedes any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. There are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Representative or Parity Lien Claimholder relative
        to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Parity Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall
        govern and control.

      
        	
                3.

              	
                Effectiveness; Continuing Nature of this
                      Agreement; Severability.

              

      

      This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the parties hereto. This is a continuing
        agreement and the Parity Lien Claimholders of any Series may continue, at any time and without notice to any Parity Lien Claimholder of any other Series, to extend credit and other financial accommodations and lend monies to or for the benefit of
        the Company or any Grantor constituting Parity Lien Obligations in reliance hereon. Each Representative and each Collateral Agent, on behalf of itself and each other Parity Lien Claimholder represented by it, hereby waives any right it may have
        under applicable law to revoke this Agreement or any of the provisions of this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement shall survive, and shall continue in full force and effect, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. Any provision of this
        Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
        unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. All references to the Company or any other Grantor shall include the Company or such Grantor as debtor and debtor in
        possession and any receiver, trustee or similar person for the Company or any other Grantor (as the case may be) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect with respect to any
        Representative or Collateral Agent and the Parity Lien Claimholders represented by such Representative or Collateral Agent and their Parity Lien Obligations, on the date on which no Parity Lien Obligations of such Parity Lien Claimholders are any
        longer secured by, or required to be secured by, any of the Collateral pursuant to the terms of the applicable Parity Lien Documents, subject to the rights of the Parity Lien Claimholders under Section 2.6 of the Parity Lien Intercreditor
        Agreement; provided, however, that such termination shall not relieve any such party of its obligations incurred hereunder prior to the date of such termination.

       

      

      
        
          

      

       

      

      
        	
                4.

              	
                Amendments; Waivers.

              

      

      No amendment, modification or waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made unless
        the same shall be in writing signed on behalf of each party hereto or its authorized agent and each waiver, if any, shall be a waiver only with respect to the specific instance involved and shall in no way impair the rights of the parties making
        such waiver or the obligations of the other parties to such party in any other respect or at any other time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the other Grantors shall not have any right to consent to or approve any amendment,
        modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement except to the extent their rights are adversely affected or which by the terms of this Agreement expressly requires the Company’s consent.

      
        	
                5.

              	
                Submission to Jurisdiction; Certain
                      Waivers.

              

      

      Each Collateral Agent and each Representative, on behalf of itself and each other Parity Lien Claimholder
        represented by it, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

      (a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement (whether arising in contract, tort or
          otherwise) to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive (subject to clause (c) below) general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of
          Manhattan, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, and appellate courts from any thereof;

      (b) agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such New York state court or, to the
          fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such federal court;

      (c) agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the
          judgment or in any other manner provided by law and that nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any Collateral Agent, Representative or other Parity Lien Claimholder may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to
          this Agreement against such Grantor or any of its assets in the courts of any jurisdiction;

      (d) waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action
          or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in clause (a) above (and irrevocably waives to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such
          action or proceeding in any such court);

      (e) consents to service of process in any such proceeding in any such court by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the
          applicable party at its address provided in accordance with Section 7 below (and agrees that nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law);

      (f) agrees that service as provided in clause (e) above is sufficient to confer personal jurisdiction over the applicable party in any such
          proceeding in any such court, and otherwise constitutes effective and binding service in every respect; and

      (g) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover any special, exemplary, punitive or
          consequential damages.

      
        	
                6.

              	
                WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

              

      

      EACH PARTY HERETO, THE COMPANY AND EACH OTHER GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED
        BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY, COMMON
        LAW, STATUTE OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO AND THE COMPANY AND THE OTHER GRANTORS (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN
        THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EACH SUCH PARTY HERETO AND THE COMPANY AND EACH OTHER GRANTOR HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO OR ACKNOWLEDGE THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL
        WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. EACH PARTY HERETO AND THE COMPANY AND THE OTHER GRANTORS FURTHER REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL
        RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

      
        	
                7.

              	
                Notices.

              

      

      Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally
        served or sent by facsimile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of facsimile, or three Business Days
        after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed. For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto shall be as set forth below each party’s name on the signature pages hereto or in the joinder
        agreement pursuant to which it becomes a party hereto, or, as to each party, at such other address as may be designated by such party in a written notice to all of the other parties.

      
        	
                8.

              	
                GOVERNING LAW.

              

      

      THIS AGREEMENT, AND ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM OR CONTROVERSY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER
        ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF A DIFFERENT GOVERNING
        LAW (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF THE UCC RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR PRIORITY OF THE SECURITY INTERESTS).

       

      

      
        
          

      

       

      

      
        	
                9.

              	
                Binding on Successors and Assigns.

              

      

      This Agreement shall be binding upon each Representative and each Collateral Agent, the Parity Lien Claimholders,
        the Company and the other Grantors, and their respective successors and assigns from time to time. If any of the Representatives and/or Collateral Agents resigns or is replaced pursuant to the applicable Parity Lien Documents its successor shall be
        deemed to be a party to this Agreement and shall have all the rights of, and be subject to all the obligations of, this Agreement. No provision of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of a trustee, debtor-in-possession, creditor trust or other
        representative of an estate or creditor of any Grantor, including where any such trustee, debtor-in-possession, creditor trust or other representative of an estate is the beneficiary of a Lien securing Collateral by virtue of the avoidance of such
        Lien in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

      
        	
                10.

              	
                Section Headings.

              

      

      Section headings and the Table of Contents used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are
        not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

      
        	
                11.

              	
                Counterparts.

              

      

      This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate
        counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic imaging means), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Any signature to this agreement may be delivered by facsimile,
        electronic mail (including pdf) and may be in the form of an electronic signature (including, without limitation, DocuSign and AdobeSign). The use of electronic signatures and electronic records (including, without limitation, any contract or other
        record created, generated, sent, communicated, received, or stored by electronic means) shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or use of a paper-based record-keeping system to the fullest
        extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law
        based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or the Uniform Commercial Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing also applies to any amendment, extension or renewal of this agreement.

      Each of the parties represents and warrants to the other parties that it has the corporate capacity and authority
        to execute this Agreement through electronic means and there are no restrictions for doing so in that party’s constitutive documents.

      
        	
                12.

              	
                Authorization.

              

      

      By its signature, each Person executing this Agreement, on behalf of such party or Grantor but not in his or her
        personal capacity as a signatory, represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that it is duly authorized to execute this Agreement.

      
        	
                13.

              	
                No Third Party Beneficiaries.

              

      

      None of the Company, any other Grantor or any other creditor thereof shall have any rights or obligations
        hereunder and no such Person is an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary hereof, except, in each case, as expressly provided in this Agreement, and none of the Company or any other Grantor may rely on the terms hereof. Nothing in this
        Agreement is intended to or shall impair the obligations of any Grantor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the Parity Lien Obligations as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms. Without limitation
        of any other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and each Grantor hereby (a) acknowledges that it has read this Agreement and consents hereto, (b) agrees that it will not take any action that would be contrary to the express provisions of
        this Agreement and (c) agrees to abide by the requirements expressly applicable to it under this Agreement.

      
        	
                14.

              	
                Additional Grantors.

              

      

      Each Grantor agrees that it shall ensure that each of its Subsidiaries that is or is to become a party to any
        Parity Lien Collateral Document shall either execute this Agreement on the date hereof or shall confirm that it is a Grantor hereunder pursuant to a joinder agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A that is executed and
        delivered by such Subsidiary prior to or concurrently with its execution and delivery of such Parity Lien Collateral Document.

       [Signature Pages Follow]

      

      

      
        
          

      

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

      	
              WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as 7.375% Notes Representative and 7.375% Notes Collateral Agent

               

              

            
	
              By:

            	 
	
              Name:

            	 
	
              Title:

            	 
	 	 

      

      

      	
              WILMINGTON TRUST , NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as 8.75% Notes Representative and 8.75% Notes Collateral Agent

               

              

            
	
              By:

            	 
	
              Name:

            	 
	
              Title:

            	 

      

      

      
        
          

      

       

      

      Acknowledged and Agreed to by:

      	
              URBAN ONE, INC.

               

              

            
	
              By:

            	 
	
              Name:

            	 
	
              Title:

            	 
	 	 

      

      

      	
              RADIO ONE LICENSES, LLC

              BOSSIPMADAMENOIRE, LLC

              CLEOTV, LLC

              RO ONE SOLUTION, LLC

              BELL BROADCASTING COMPANY, LLC

              RADIO ONE OF DETROIT, LLC

              RADIO ONE OF CHARLOTTE, LLC

              CHARLOTTE BROADCASTING, LLC

              RADIO ONE OF NORTH CAROLINA, LLC

              BLUE CHIP BROADCASTING, LTD.

              BLUE CHIP BROADCASTING LICENSES, LTD.

              RADIO ONE OF INDIANA, LLC

              RADIO ONE OF INDIANA, L.P.

              RADIO ONE OF TEXAS II, LLC

              SATELLITE ONE, L.L.C.

              RADIO ONE CABLE HOLDINGS, LLC

              NEW MABLETON BROADCASTING CORPORATION

              RADIO ONE MEDIA HOLDINGS, LLC

              RADIO ONE DISTRIBUTION HOLDINGS, LLC

              INTERACTIVE ONE, INC.

              INTERACTIVE ONE, LLC

              DISTRIBUTION ONE, LLC

              REACH MEDIA, INC.

              GAFFNEY BROADCASTING LLC

              RADIO ONE URBAN NETWORK HOLDINGS, LLC

              TV ONE, LLC

               

              

            
	
              By:

            	 
	
              Name:

            	 
	
              Title:

            	 

      

      

      

      

      
        
          

      

      [FORM OF] GRANTOR JOINDER AGREEMENT

      [   ], 20[  ]

      

      

      

      

      Reference is made to the INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of November 9, 2020 (as amended, restated, amended and restated,
        supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Intercreditor Agreement”) between WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as 7.375%
        Notes Representative and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as 8.75% Notes Representative, and acknowledged and agreed to by URBAN ONE, INC. (formerly known as Radio One, Inc.) as the Company and the other Grantors party thereto.  Capitalized
        terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.

      

      

      The undersigned, [______________], a [________________], (the “New Grantor”) wishes to acknowledge and agree to the Intercreditor Agreement and become a party thereto to the limited extent contemplated by Section 13 thereof and to acquire and undertake the rights and
        obligations of a Grantor thereunder.

      

      

      Accordingly, the New Grantor agrees as follows for the benefit of the Representatives, the Collateral Agents and the Parity Lien
        Claimholders:

      

      

      Section 1. Accession to the
          Intercreditor Agreement. The New Grantor (a) acknowledges and agrees to, and becomes a party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a Grantor to the limited extent contemplated by Section 13 thereof, (b) agrees to all the terms and provisions
        of the Intercreditor Agreement and (c) shall have all the rights and obligations of a Grantor under the Intercreditor Agreement. This Grantor Joinder Agreement supplements the Intercreditor Agreement and is being executed and delivered by the New
        Grantor pursuant to Section 14 of the Intercreditor Agreement.

      

      

      Section 2. Representations, Warranties
          and Acknowledgement of the New Grantor. The New Grantor represents and warrants to each Representative, each Collateral Agent and to the Parity Lien Claimholders that (a) it has full power and authority to enter into this Grantor Joinder
        Agreement, in its capacity as Grantor and (b) this Grantor Joinder Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this
        Grantor Joinder Agreement.

      

      

      Section 3. Notices.
          All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 7 of the Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Grantor shall be given to it at the address set forth under its
          signature hereto, which information supplements Section 7 of the Intercreditor Agreement.

          

      

      The provisions of Sections 3, 6, 8, 10, 11 and 13 of the Intercreditor Agreement are hereby incorporated by
        reference, mutatis mutandis.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor has duly executed this Grantor Joinder Agreement to the Intercreditor
        Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

      

      

      	
              [                  ]

            
	
              By:

            	 
	
              Name:

            	 
	
              Title:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00316-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00316-of-00352.parquet"}]]